| 1 | /* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 9 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 14 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 17 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 18 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 19 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 22 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 23 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 24 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 25 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 26 | #include "elf-nacl.h" |
| 27 | #include "elf-vxworks.h" |
| 28 | #include "bfd_stdint.h" |
| 29 | #include "objalloc.h" |
| 30 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 31 | #include "dwarf2.h" |
| 32 | |
| 33 | /* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA. */ |
| 34 | #define USE_REL 1 |
| 35 | |
| 36 | #include "elf/i386.h" |
| 37 | |
| 38 | static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]= |
| 39 | { |
| 40 | HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 41 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE", |
| 42 | TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 43 | HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 44 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32", |
| 45 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 46 | HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 47 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32", |
| 48 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 49 | HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 50 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32", |
| 51 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 52 | HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 53 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32", |
| 54 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 55 | HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 56 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY", |
| 57 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 58 | HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 59 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT", |
| 60 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 61 | HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 62 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT", |
| 63 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 64 | HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 65 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE", |
| 66 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 67 | HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 68 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF", |
| 69 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 70 | HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 71 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC", |
| 72 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 73 | |
| 74 | /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here. |
| 75 | R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and |
| 76 | R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of |
| 77 | R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */ |
| 78 | #define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1) |
| 79 | #define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard) |
| 80 | |
| 81 | /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */ |
| 82 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 83 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF", |
| 84 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 85 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 86 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE", |
| 87 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 88 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 89 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE", |
| 90 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 91 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 92 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE", |
| 93 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 94 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 95 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD", |
| 96 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 97 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 98 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM", |
| 99 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 100 | HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 101 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16", |
| 102 | TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE), |
| 103 | HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 104 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16", |
| 105 | TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE), |
| 106 | HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 107 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8", |
| 108 | TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE), |
| 109 | HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 110 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8", |
| 111 | TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE), |
| 112 | |
| 113 | #define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset) |
| 114 | #define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext) |
| 115 | /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation. */ |
| 116 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 117 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32", |
| 118 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 119 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 120 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32", |
| 121 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 122 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 123 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32", |
| 124 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 125 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 126 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32", |
| 127 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 128 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 129 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32", |
| 130 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 131 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 132 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32", |
| 133 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 134 | HOWTO(R_386_SIZE32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned, |
| 135 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_SIZE32", |
| 136 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 137 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 138 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC", |
| 139 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 140 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 141 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL", |
| 142 | FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE), |
| 143 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 144 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC", |
| 145 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 146 | HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 147 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE", |
| 148 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 149 | |
| 150 | /* Another gap. */ |
| 151 | #define R_386_irelative (R_386_IRELATIVE + 1 - R_386_tls_offset) |
| 152 | #define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_irelative) |
| 153 | |
| 154 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ |
| 155 | HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */ |
| 156 | 0, /* rightshift */ |
| 157 | 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ |
| 158 | 0, /* bitsize */ |
| 159 | FALSE, /* pc_relative */ |
| 160 | 0, /* bitpos */ |
| 161 | complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ |
| 162 | NULL, /* special_function */ |
| 163 | "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */ |
| 164 | FALSE, /* partial_inplace */ |
| 165 | 0, /* src_mask */ |
| 166 | 0, /* dst_mask */ |
| 167 | FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */ |
| 168 | |
| 169 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ |
| 170 | HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */ |
| 171 | 0, /* rightshift */ |
| 172 | 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ |
| 173 | 0, /* bitsize */ |
| 174 | FALSE, /* pc_relative */ |
| 175 | 0, /* bitpos */ |
| 176 | complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ |
| 177 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */ |
| 178 | "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */ |
| 179 | FALSE, /* partial_inplace */ |
| 180 | 0, /* src_mask */ |
| 181 | 0, /* dst_mask */ |
| 182 | FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 | #define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset) |
| 185 | |
| 186 | }; |
| 187 | |
| 188 | #ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC |
| 189 | #define TRACE(str) \ |
| 190 | fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str) |
| 191 | #else |
| 192 | #define TRACE(str) |
| 193 | #endif |
| 194 | |
| 195 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 196 | elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 197 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| 198 | { |
| 199 | switch (code) |
| 200 | { |
| 201 | case BFD_RELOC_NONE: |
| 202 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE"); |
| 203 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE]; |
| 204 | |
| 205 | case BFD_RELOC_32: |
| 206 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32"); |
| 207 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32]; |
| 208 | |
| 209 | case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: |
| 210 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR"); |
| 211 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32]; |
| 212 | |
| 213 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: |
| 214 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32"); |
| 215 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32]; |
| 216 | |
| 217 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32: |
| 218 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32"); |
| 219 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32]; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32: |
| 222 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32"); |
| 223 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32]; |
| 224 | |
| 225 | case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY: |
| 226 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY"); |
| 227 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY]; |
| 228 | |
| 229 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT: |
| 230 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT"); |
| 231 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT]; |
| 232 | |
| 233 | case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 234 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT"); |
| 235 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT]; |
| 236 | |
| 237 | case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE: |
| 238 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE"); |
| 239 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE]; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF: |
| 242 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF"); |
| 243 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF]; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC: |
| 246 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC"); |
| 247 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC]; |
| 248 | |
| 249 | /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */ |
| 250 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF: |
| 251 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF"); |
| 252 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 253 | |
| 254 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE: |
| 255 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE"); |
| 256 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 259 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE"); |
| 260 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 261 | |
| 262 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE: |
| 263 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE"); |
| 264 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 265 | |
| 266 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD: |
| 267 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD"); |
| 268 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 269 | |
| 270 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 271 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM"); |
| 272 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 273 | |
| 274 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 275 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16"); |
| 276 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: |
| 279 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL"); |
| 280 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 281 | |
| 282 | case BFD_RELOC_8: |
| 283 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8"); |
| 284 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 285 | |
| 286 | case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL: |
| 287 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL"); |
| 288 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | /* Common with Sun TLS implementation. */ |
| 291 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 292 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32"); |
| 293 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 294 | |
| 295 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 296 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32"); |
| 297 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 300 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32"); |
| 301 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32: |
| 304 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32"); |
| 305 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32: |
| 308 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32"); |
| 309 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 310 | |
| 311 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32: |
| 312 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32"); |
| 313 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | case BFD_RELOC_SIZE32: |
| 316 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_SIZE32"); |
| 317 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_SIZE32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 318 | |
| 319 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 320 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC"); |
| 321 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 322 | |
| 323 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 324 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL"); |
| 325 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC: |
| 328 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC"); |
| 329 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 330 | |
| 331 | case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE: |
| 332 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE"); |
| 333 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: |
| 336 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT"); |
| 337 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset]; |
| 338 | |
| 339 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: |
| 340 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY"); |
| 341 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset]; |
| 342 | |
| 343 | default: |
| 344 | break; |
| 345 | } |
| 346 | |
| 347 | TRACE ("Unknown"); |
| 348 | return 0; |
| 349 | } |
| 350 | |
| 351 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 352 | elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 353 | const char *r_name) |
| 354 | { |
| 355 | unsigned int i; |
| 356 | |
| 357 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++) |
| 358 | if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
| 359 | && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 360 | return &elf_howto_table[i]; |
| 361 | |
| 362 | return NULL; |
| 363 | } |
| 364 | |
| 365 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 366 | elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type) |
| 367 | { |
| 368 | unsigned int indx; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard |
| 371 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard |
| 372 | >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard) |
| 373 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext |
| 374 | >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext) |
| 375 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_irelative |
| 376 | >= R_386_vt - R_386_irelative)) |
| 377 | { |
| 378 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"), |
| 379 | abfd, (int) r_type); |
| 380 | indx = R_386_NONE; |
| 381 | } |
| 382 | /* PR 17512: file: 0f67f69d. */ |
| 383 | if (elf_howto_table [indx].type != r_type) |
| 384 | return NULL; |
| 385 | return &elf_howto_table[indx]; |
| 386 | } |
| 387 | |
| 388 | static void |
| 389 | elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 390 | arelent *cache_ptr, |
| 391 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| 392 | { |
| 393 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| 394 | cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type); |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | |
| 397 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label. The UnixWare |
| 398 | 2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we |
| 399 | recognize them here. FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?. |
| 400 | If so, we should move the .X recognition into |
| 401 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name. */ |
| 402 | |
| 403 | static bfd_boolean |
| 404 | elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
| 405 | { |
| 406 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X') |
| 407 | return TRUE; |
| 408 | |
| 409 | return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name); |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | \f |
| 412 | /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| 413 | |
| 414 | static bfd_boolean |
| 415 | elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 416 | { |
| 417 | int offset; |
| 418 | size_t size; |
| 419 | |
| 420 | if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
| 421 | { |
| 422 | int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 423 | |
| 424 | if (pr_version != 1) |
| 425 | return FALSE; |
| 426 | |
| 427 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 428 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20); |
| 429 | |
| 430 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 431 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 432 | |
| 433 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 434 | offset = 28; |
| 435 | size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 436 | } |
| 437 | else |
| 438 | { |
| 439 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 440 | { |
| 441 | default: |
| 442 | return FALSE; |
| 443 | |
| 444 | case 144: /* Linux/i386 */ |
| 445 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 446 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 447 | |
| 448 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 449 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 450 | |
| 451 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 452 | offset = 72; |
| 453 | size = 68; |
| 454 | |
| 455 | break; |
| 456 | } |
| 457 | } |
| 458 | |
| 459 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 460 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 461 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 462 | } |
| 463 | |
| 464 | static bfd_boolean |
| 465 | elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 466 | { |
| 467 | if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
| 468 | { |
| 469 | int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 470 | |
| 471 | if (pr_version != 1) |
| 472 | return FALSE; |
| 473 | |
| 474 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 475 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17); |
| 476 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 477 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81); |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | else |
| 480 | { |
| 481 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 482 | { |
| 483 | default: |
| 484 | return FALSE; |
| 485 | |
| 486 | case 124: /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo. */ |
| 487 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 488 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 489 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 490 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); |
| 491 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 492 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | } |
| 495 | |
| 496 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 497 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 498 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 499 | { |
| 500 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
| 501 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 502 | |
| 503 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 504 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 505 | } |
| 506 | |
| 507 | return TRUE; |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | \f |
| 510 | /* Functions for the i386 ELF linker. |
| 511 | |
| 512 | In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without |
| 513 | knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the |
| 514 | following: |
| 515 | |
| 516 | Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other |
| 517 | functions are only called locally. elf_i386_* functions appear |
| 518 | in this file more or less in the order in which they are called |
| 519 | from external routines. eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called |
| 520 | early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is |
| 521 | one of the last functions. */ |
| 522 | |
| 523 | |
| 524 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| 525 | section. */ |
| 526 | |
| 527 | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1" |
| 528 | |
| 529 | /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid |
| 530 | copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss |
| 531 | section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the |
| 532 | shared lib. */ |
| 533 | #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 |
| 534 | |
| 535 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 536 | |
| 537 | #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16 |
| 538 | |
| 539 | /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like |
| 540 | this. See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works. |
| 541 | Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte. */ |
| 542 | |
| 543 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[12] = |
| 544 | { |
| 545 | 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */ |
| 546 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */ |
| 547 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 548 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */ |
| 549 | }; |
| 550 | |
| 551 | /* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like |
| 552 | this. */ |
| 553 | |
| 554 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 555 | { |
| 556 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 557 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 558 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 559 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 560 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 561 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 562 | }; |
| 563 | |
| 564 | /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. |
| 565 | Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte. */ |
| 566 | |
| 567 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[12] = |
| 568 | { |
| 569 | 0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 570 | 0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0 /* jmp *8(%ebx) */ |
| 571 | }; |
| 572 | |
| 573 | /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 574 | |
| 575 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 576 | { |
| 577 | 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */ |
| 578 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 579 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 580 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 581 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 582 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 583 | }; |
| 584 | |
| 585 | /* Entries in the GOT procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 586 | |
| 587 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_got_plt_entry[8] = |
| 588 | { |
| 589 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 590 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 591 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 592 | }; |
| 593 | |
| 594 | /* Entries in the PIC GOT procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 595 | |
| 596 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_got_plt_entry[8] = |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */ |
| 599 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 600 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 601 | }; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 604 | |
| 605 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 606 | { |
| 607 | #define PLT_CIE_LENGTH 20 |
| 608 | #define PLT_FDE_LENGTH 36 |
| 609 | #define PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 |
| 610 | #define PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12 |
| 611 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 612 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 613 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 614 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 615 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 616 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 617 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 618 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 619 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 620 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 621 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 622 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 623 | |
| 624 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 625 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 626 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 627 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 628 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 629 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 630 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 631 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 632 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */ |
| 633 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 634 | 11, /* Block length */ |
| 635 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 636 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 637 | DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit11, DW_OP_ge, |
| 638 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 639 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 640 | }; |
| 641 | |
| 642 | struct elf_i386_plt_layout |
| 643 | { |
| 644 | /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like this. */ |
| 645 | const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; |
| 646 | unsigned int plt0_entry_size; |
| 647 | |
| 648 | /* Offsets into plt0_entry that are to be replaced with GOT[1] and GOT[2]. */ |
| 649 | unsigned int plt0_got1_offset; |
| 650 | unsigned int plt0_got2_offset; |
| 651 | |
| 652 | /* Later entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 653 | const bfd_byte *plt_entry; |
| 654 | unsigned int plt_entry_size; |
| 655 | |
| 656 | /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with... */ |
| 657 | unsigned int plt_got_offset; /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 658 | unsigned int plt_reloc_offset; /* ... offset into relocation table. */ |
| 659 | unsigned int plt_plt_offset; /* ... offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 660 | |
| 661 | /* Offset into plt_entry where the initial value of the GOT entry points. */ |
| 662 | unsigned int plt_lazy_offset; |
| 663 | |
| 664 | /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table looks like this. */ |
| 665 | const bfd_byte *pic_plt0_entry; |
| 666 | |
| 667 | /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 668 | const bfd_byte *pic_plt_entry; |
| 669 | |
| 670 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 671 | const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt; |
| 672 | unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 673 | }; |
| 674 | |
| 675 | #define GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 676 | get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd)->plt->plt_entry_size |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 679 | static const struct elf_i386_plt_layout elf_i386_plt = |
| 680 | { |
| 681 | elf_i386_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 682 | sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 683 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 684 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 685 | elf_i386_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 686 | PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 687 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 688 | 7, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 689 | 12, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 690 | 6, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 691 | elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 692 | elf_i386_pic_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 693 | elf_i386_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 694 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_plt), /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 695 | }; |
| 696 | \f |
| 697 | |
| 698 | /* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations |
| 699 | for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry. */ |
| 700 | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 |
| 701 | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 |
| 702 | #define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2 |
| 703 | |
| 704 | /* Architecture-specific backend data for i386. */ |
| 705 | |
| 706 | struct elf_i386_backend_data |
| 707 | { |
| 708 | /* Parameters describing PLT generation. */ |
| 709 | const struct elf_i386_plt_layout *plt; |
| 710 | |
| 711 | /* Value used to fill the unused bytes of the first PLT entry. */ |
| 712 | bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ |
| 715 | int is_vxworks; |
| 716 | }; |
| 717 | |
| 718 | #define get_elf_i386_backend_data(abfd) \ |
| 719 | ((const struct elf_i386_backend_data *) \ |
| 720 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch_data) |
| 721 | |
| 722 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 723 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_arch_bed = |
| 724 | { |
| 725 | &elf_i386_plt, /* plt */ |
| 726 | 0, /* plt0_pad_byte */ |
| 727 | 0, /* is_vxworks */ |
| 728 | }; |
| 729 | |
| 730 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_arch_bed |
| 731 | |
| 732 | /* i386 ELF linker hash entry. */ |
| 733 | |
| 734 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry |
| 735 | { |
| 736 | struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; |
| 737 | |
| 738 | /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ |
| 739 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; |
| 740 | |
| 741 | #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0 |
| 742 | #define GOT_NORMAL 1 |
| 743 | #define GOT_TLS_GD 2 |
| 744 | #define GOT_TLS_IE 4 |
| 745 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_POS 5 |
| 746 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG 6 |
| 747 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7 |
| 748 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8 |
| 749 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \ |
| 750 | ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC)) |
| 751 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \ |
| 752 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 753 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \ |
| 754 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 755 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \ |
| 756 | (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type)) |
| 757 | unsigned char tls_type; |
| 758 | |
| 759 | /* Symbol is referenced by R_386_GOTOFF relocation. */ |
| 760 | unsigned int gotoff_ref : 1; |
| 761 | |
| 762 | /* Information about the GOT PLT entry. Filled when there are both |
| 763 | GOT and PLT relocations against the same function. */ |
| 764 | union gotplt_union plt_got; |
| 765 | |
| 766 | /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor, |
| 767 | starting at the end of the jump table. */ |
| 768 | bfd_vma tlsdesc_got; |
| 769 | }; |
| 770 | |
| 771 | #define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) |
| 772 | |
| 773 | struct elf_i386_obj_tdata |
| 774 | { |
| 775 | struct elf_obj_tdata root; |
| 776 | |
| 777 | /* tls_type for each local got entry. */ |
| 778 | char *local_got_tls_type; |
| 779 | |
| 780 | /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */ |
| 781 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 782 | }; |
| 783 | |
| 784 | #define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \ |
| 785 | ((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) |
| 786 | |
| 787 | #define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \ |
| 788 | (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type) |
| 789 | |
| 790 | #define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \ |
| 791 | (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 792 | |
| 793 | #define is_i386_elf(bfd) \ |
| 794 | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| 795 | && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ |
| 796 | && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA) |
| 797 | |
| 798 | static bfd_boolean |
| 799 | elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 800 | { |
| 801 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata), |
| 802 | I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 803 | } |
| 804 | |
| 805 | /* i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 806 | |
| 807 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table |
| 808 | { |
| 809 | struct elf_link_hash_table elf; |
| 810 | |
| 811 | /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| 812 | asection *sdynbss; |
| 813 | asection *srelbss; |
| 814 | asection *plt_eh_frame; |
| 815 | asection *plt_got; |
| 816 | |
| 817 | union |
| 818 | { |
| 819 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 820 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 821 | } tls_ldm_got; |
| 822 | |
| 823 | /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt |
| 824 | section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots. */ |
| 825 | bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size; |
| 826 | |
| 827 | /* Small local sym cache. */ |
| 828 | struct sym_cache sym_cache; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol. */ |
| 831 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 834 | htab_t loc_hash_table; |
| 835 | void * loc_hash_memory; |
| 836 | |
| 837 | /* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks. */ |
| 838 | asection *srelplt2; |
| 839 | |
| 840 | /* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt. */ |
| 841 | bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index; |
| 842 | |
| 843 | /* The index of the next unused R_386_JUMP_SLOT slot in .rel.plt. */ |
| 844 | bfd_vma next_jump_slot_index; |
| 845 | |
| 846 | /* The index of the next unused R_386_IRELATIVE slot in .rel.plt. */ |
| 847 | bfd_vma next_irelative_index; |
| 848 | }; |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| 851 | |
| 852 | #define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \ |
| 853 | (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ |
| 854 | == I386_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) |
| 855 | |
| 856 | #define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \ |
| 857 | ((htab)->elf.srelplt->reloc_count * 4) |
| 858 | |
| 859 | /* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 860 | |
| 861 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 862 | elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| 863 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| 864 | const char *string) |
| 865 | { |
| 866 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 867 | subclass. */ |
| 868 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 869 | { |
| 870 | entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) |
| 871 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry)); |
| 872 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 873 | return entry; |
| 874 | } |
| 875 | |
| 876 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 877 | entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| 878 | if (entry != NULL) |
| 879 | { |
| 880 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 881 | |
| 882 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 883 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 884 | eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 885 | eh->gotoff_ref = 0; |
| 886 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 887 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 888 | } |
| 889 | |
| 890 | return entry; |
| 891 | } |
| 892 | |
| 893 | /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. We use elf_link_hash_entry |
| 894 | for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols |
| 895 | as global symbol. We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol |
| 896 | hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend. */ |
| 897 | |
| 898 | static hashval_t |
| 899 | elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr) |
| 900 | { |
| 901 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 902 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr; |
| 903 | return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index); |
| 904 | } |
| 905 | |
| 906 | /* Compare local hash entries. */ |
| 907 | |
| 908 | static int |
| 909 | elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2) |
| 910 | { |
| 911 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1 |
| 912 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1; |
| 913 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2 |
| 914 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index; |
| 917 | } |
| 918 | |
| 919 | /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */ |
| 920 | |
| 921 | static struct elf_link_hash_entry * |
| 922 | elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab, |
| 923 | bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 924 | bfd_boolean create) |
| 925 | { |
| 926 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret; |
| 927 | asection *sec = abfd->sections; |
| 928 | hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, |
| 929 | ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info)); |
| 930 | void **slot; |
| 931 | |
| 932 | e.elf.indx = sec->id; |
| 933 | e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 934 | slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h, |
| 935 | create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT); |
| 936 | |
| 937 | if (!slot) |
| 938 | return NULL; |
| 939 | |
| 940 | if (*slot) |
| 941 | { |
| 942 | ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 943 | return &ret->elf; |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | |
| 946 | ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) |
| 947 | objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory, |
| 948 | sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry)); |
| 949 | if (ret) |
| 950 | { |
| 951 | memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret)); |
| 952 | ret->elf.indx = sec->id; |
| 953 | ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 954 | ret->elf.dynindx = -1; |
| 955 | ret->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 956 | *slot = ret; |
| 957 | } |
| 958 | return &ret->elf; |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | /* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 962 | |
| 963 | static void |
| 964 | elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd) |
| 965 | { |
| 966 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab |
| 967 | = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash; |
| 968 | |
| 969 | if (htab->loc_hash_table) |
| 970 | htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table); |
| 971 | if (htab->loc_hash_memory) |
| 972 | objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory); |
| 973 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd); |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | /* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 977 | |
| 978 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 979 | elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 980 | { |
| 981 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 982 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table); |
| 983 | |
| 984 | ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
| 985 | if (ret == NULL) |
| 986 | return NULL; |
| 987 | |
| 988 | if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, |
| 989 | elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc, |
| 990 | sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry), |
| 991 | I386_ELF_DATA)) |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | free (ret); |
| 994 | return NULL; |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | |
| 997 | ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, |
| 998 | elf_i386_local_htab_hash, |
| 999 | elf_i386_local_htab_eq, |
| 1000 | NULL); |
| 1001 | ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create (); |
| 1002 | if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory) |
| 1003 | { |
| 1004 | elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (abfd); |
| 1005 | return NULL; |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elf_i386_link_hash_table_free; |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | return &ret->elf.root; |
| 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /* Create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel.got, .dynbss, and |
| 1013 | .rel.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our |
| 1014 | hash table. */ |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1017 | elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 1018 | { |
| 1019 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info)) |
| 1022 | return FALSE; |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1025 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1026 | return FALSE; |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss"); |
| 1029 | if (!htab->sdynbss) |
| 1030 | abort (); |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | if (info->executable) |
| 1033 | { |
| 1034 | /* Always allow copy relocs for building executables. */ |
| 1035 | asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rel.bss"); |
| 1036 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1037 | { |
| 1038 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); |
| 1039 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 1040 | ".rel.bss", |
| 1041 | (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 1042 | | SEC_READONLY)); |
| 1043 | if (s == NULL |
| 1044 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, |
| 1045 | bed->s->log_file_align)) |
| 1046 | return FALSE; |
| 1047 | } |
| 1048 | htab->srelbss = s; |
| 1049 | } |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (dynobj)->is_vxworks |
| 1052 | && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info, |
| 1053 | &htab->srelplt2)) |
| 1054 | return FALSE; |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info |
| 1057 | && htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1058 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 1059 | { |
| 1060 | flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| 1061 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 1062 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 1063 | htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 1064 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".eh_frame", flags); |
| 1065 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1066 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->plt_eh_frame, 2)) |
| 1067 | return FALSE; |
| 1068 | } |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | return TRUE; |
| 1071 | } |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | static void |
| 1076 | elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1077 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| 1078 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| 1079 | { |
| 1080 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
| 1083 | eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 1086 | { |
| 1087 | if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 1088 | { |
| 1089 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 1090 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
| 1093 | list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
| 1094 | for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 1095 | { |
| 1096 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
| 1099 | if (q->sec == p->sec) |
| 1100 | { |
| 1101 | q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 1102 | q->count += p->count; |
| 1103 | *pp = p->next; |
| 1104 | break; |
| 1105 | } |
| 1106 | if (q == NULL) |
| 1107 | pp = &p->next; |
| 1108 | } |
| 1109 | *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; |
| 1110 | } |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; |
| 1113 | eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 1114 | } |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1117 | && dir->got.refcount <= 0) |
| 1118 | { |
| 1119 | edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type; |
| 1120 | eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | /* Copy gotoff_ref so that elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol will |
| 1124 | generate a R_386_COPY reloc. */ |
| 1125 | edir->gotoff_ref |= eind->gotoff_ref; |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 1128 | && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1129 | && dir->dynamic_adjusted) |
| 1130 | { |
| 1131 | /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing |
| 1132 | of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. |
| 1133 | We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */ |
| 1134 | dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
| 1135 | dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
| 1136 | dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
| 1137 | dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
| 1138 | dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed; |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | else |
| 1141 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); |
| 1142 | } |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition |
| 1145 | from R_TYPE. */ |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1148 | elf_i386_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 1149 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1150 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1151 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1152 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 1153 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1154 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) |
| 1155 | { |
| 1156 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 1157 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1158 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1159 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 1162 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 1165 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 1166 | else |
| 1167 | { |
| 1168 | /* FIXME: How to better handle error condition? */ |
| 1169 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 1170 | return FALSE; |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 1173 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 1174 | } |
| 1175 | } |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 1178 | switch (r_type) |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1181 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1182 | if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend) |
| 1183 | return FALSE; |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1186 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 1187 | { |
| 1188 | /* Check transition from GD access model. Only |
| 1189 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr |
| 1190 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop |
| 1191 | can transit to different access model. */ |
| 1192 | if ((offset + 10) > sec->size || |
| 1193 | (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04)) |
| 1194 | return FALSE; |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1197 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 1198 | { |
| 1199 | /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr */ |
| 1200 | if (offset < 3) |
| 1201 | return FALSE; |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3) != 0x8d) |
| 1204 | return FALSE; |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | if ((val & 0xc7) != 0x05 || val == (4 << 3)) |
| 1207 | return FALSE; |
| 1208 | } |
| 1209 | else |
| 1210 | { |
| 1211 | /* leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop */ |
| 1212 | if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4) |
| 1213 | return FALSE; |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 9) != 0x90) |
| 1216 | return FALSE; |
| 1217 | } |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | else |
| 1220 | { |
| 1221 | /* Check transition from LD access model. Only |
| 1222 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr |
| 1223 | can transit to different access model. */ |
| 1224 | if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size) |
| 1225 | return FALSE; |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1228 | if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4) |
| 1229 | return FALSE; |
| 1230 | } |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 4) != 0xe8) |
| 1233 | return FALSE; |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); |
| 1236 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1237 | return FALSE; |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1240 | /* Use strncmp to check ___tls_get_addr since ___tls_get_addr |
| 1241 | may be versioned. */ |
| 1242 | return (h != NULL |
| 1243 | && h->root.root.string != NULL |
| 1244 | && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32 |
| 1245 | || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32) |
| 1246 | && (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "___tls_get_addr", |
| 1247 | 15) == 0)); |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1250 | /* Check transition from IE access model: |
| 1251 | movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax |
| 1252 | movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1253 | addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1254 | */ |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1257 | return FALSE; |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first. */ |
| 1260 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1261 | if (val == 0xa1) |
| 1262 | return TRUE; |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | if (offset < 2) |
| 1265 | return FALSE; |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg. */ |
| 1268 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1269 | return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03) |
| 1270 | && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05); |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1273 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1274 | /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model: |
| 1275 | subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1276 | movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1277 | addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1278 | */ |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1281 | return FALSE; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1284 | if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4) |
| 1285 | return FALSE; |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1288 | return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03; |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1291 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1292 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset |
| 1295 | into any register, although it's probably almost always |
| 1296 | going to be eax. */ |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1299 | return FALSE; |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 1302 | return FALSE; |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1305 | return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83; |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1308 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1309 | call *x@tlsdesc(%rax) |
| 1310 | */ |
| 1311 | if (offset + 2 <= sec->size) |
| 1312 | { |
| 1313 | /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax). */ |
| 1314 | static const unsigned char call[] = { 0xff, 0x10 }; |
| 1315 | return memcmp (contents + offset, call, 2) == 0; |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | return FALSE; |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | default: |
| 1321 | abort (); |
| 1322 | } |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition |
| 1326 | will be performed. Update R_TYPE if there is a transition. */ |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1329 | elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, |
| 1330 | asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1331 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1332 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1333 | unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type, |
| 1334 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1335 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend, |
| 1336 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1337 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
| 1338 | { |
| 1339 | unsigned int from_type = *r_type; |
| 1340 | unsigned int to_type = from_type; |
| 1341 | bfd_boolean check = TRUE; |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | /* Skip TLS transition for functions. */ |
| 1344 | if (h != NULL |
| 1345 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 1346 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1347 | return TRUE; |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | switch (from_type) |
| 1350 | { |
| 1351 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1352 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1353 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1354 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1355 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1356 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1357 | if (info->executable) |
| 1358 | { |
| 1359 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1360 | to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1361 | else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE |
| 1362 | && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 1363 | to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32; |
| 1364 | } |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, CONTENTS |
| 1367 | isn't NULL and there may be additional transitions based on |
| 1368 | TLS_TYPE. */ |
| 1369 | if (contents != NULL) |
| 1370 | { |
| 1371 | unsigned int new_to_type = to_type; |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | if (info->executable |
| 1374 | && h != NULL |
| 1375 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 1376 | && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 1377 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD |
| 1380 | || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC |
| 1381 | || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 1382 | { |
| 1383 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 1384 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE; |
| 1385 | else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 1386 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32; |
| 1387 | } |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | /* We checked the transition before when we were called from |
| 1390 | elf_i386_check_relocs. We only want to check the new |
| 1391 | transition which hasn't been checked before. */ |
| 1392 | check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type; |
| 1393 | to_type = new_to_type; |
| 1394 | } |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | break; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1399 | if (info->executable) |
| 1400 | to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1401 | break; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | default: |
| 1404 | return TRUE; |
| 1405 | } |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | /* Return TRUE if there is no transition. */ |
| 1408 | if (from_type == to_type) |
| 1409 | return TRUE; |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | /* Check if the transition can be performed. */ |
| 1412 | if (check |
| 1413 | && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (abfd, sec, contents, |
| 1414 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 1415 | from_type, rel, relend)) |
| 1416 | { |
| 1417 | reloc_howto_type *from, *to; |
| 1418 | const char *name; |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type); |
| 1421 | to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type); |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | if (h) |
| 1424 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1425 | else |
| 1426 | { |
| 1427 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1430 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1431 | name = "*unknown*"; |
| 1432 | else |
| 1433 | { |
| 1434 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1437 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1438 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1439 | } |
| 1440 | } |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1443 | (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx " |
| 1444 | "in section `%A' failed"), |
| 1445 | abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name, |
| 1446 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); |
| 1447 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1448 | return FALSE; |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | *r_type = to_type; |
| 1452 | return TRUE; |
| 1453 | } |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they |
| 1456 | are used here. */ |
| 1457 | #define need_convert_mov_to_lea sec_flg0 |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| 1460 | calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage |
| 1461 | table, and dynamic reloc sections. */ |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1464 | elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 1465 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1466 | asection *sec, |
| 1467 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 1468 | { |
| 1469 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1470 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1471 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 1472 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 1473 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 1474 | asection *sreloc; |
| 1475 | bfd_boolean use_plt_got; |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 1478 | return TRUE; |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd)); |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1483 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1484 | return FALSE; |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | use_plt_got = (!get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd)->is_vxworks |
| 1487 | && (get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd) |
| 1488 | == &elf_i386_arch_bed)); |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 1491 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 1496 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 1497 | { |
| 1498 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1499 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1500 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1501 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 1502 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1503 | const char *name; |
| 1504 | bfd_boolean size_reloc; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 1507 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) |
| 1510 | { |
| 1511 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"), |
| 1512 | abfd, |
| 1513 | r_symndx); |
| 1514 | return FALSE; |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1518 | { |
| 1519 | /* A local symbol. */ |
| 1520 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1521 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1522 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 1523 | return FALSE; |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1526 | if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 1527 | { |
| 1528 | h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, TRUE); |
| 1529 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1530 | return FALSE; |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1533 | h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 1534 | h->def_regular = 1; |
| 1535 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 1536 | h->forced_local = 1; |
| 1537 | h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 1538 | } |
| 1539 | else |
| 1540 | h = NULL; |
| 1541 | } |
| 1542 | else |
| 1543 | { |
| 1544 | isym = NULL; |
| 1545 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1546 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1547 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 1548 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1552 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1553 | { |
| 1554 | /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables. If we |
| 1555 | never see an indirect function symbol nor we are building |
| 1556 | a static executable, those sections will be empty and |
| 1557 | won't appear in output. */ |
| 1558 | switch (r_type) |
| 1559 | { |
| 1560 | default: |
| 1561 | break; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 1564 | eh->gotoff_ref = 1; |
| 1565 | case R_386_32: |
| 1566 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 1567 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 1568 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 1569 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 1570 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 1571 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| 1572 | return FALSE; |
| 1573 | break; |
| 1574 | } |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */ |
| 1577 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 1578 | h->root.non_ir_ref = 1; |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL, |
| 1582 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 1583 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, |
| 1584 | rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx)) |
| 1585 | return FALSE; |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | switch (r_type) |
| 1588 | { |
| 1589 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1590 | htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1; |
| 1591 | goto create_got; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 1594 | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We |
| 1595 | actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
| 1596 | because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is |
| 1597 | never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we |
| 1598 | don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry |
| 1599 | after all. */ |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
| 1602 | creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 1603 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1604 | continue; |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 1607 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 1608 | break; |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 1611 | size_reloc = TRUE; |
| 1612 | goto do_size; |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1615 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1616 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1617 | if (!info->executable) |
| 1618 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 1619 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 1622 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1623 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1624 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1625 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 1626 | { |
| 1627 | int tls_type, old_tls_type; |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | switch (r_type) |
| 1630 | { |
| 1631 | default: |
| 1632 | case R_386_GOT32: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break; |
| 1633 | case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break; |
| 1634 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1635 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1636 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break; |
| 1637 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1638 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type) |
| 1639 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG; |
| 1640 | else |
| 1641 | /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of |
| 1642 | R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32. */ |
| 1643 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
| 1644 | break; |
| 1645 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1646 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1647 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break; |
| 1648 | } |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1651 | { |
| 1652 | h->got.refcount += 1; |
| 1653 | old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 1654 | } |
| 1655 | else |
| 1656 | { |
| 1657 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ |
| 1660 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 1661 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 1662 | { |
| 1663 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 1666 | size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) |
| 1667 | + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char)); |
| 1668 | local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *) |
| 1669 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
| 1670 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 1671 | return FALSE; |
| 1672 | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
| 1673 | elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd) |
| 1674 | = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 1675 | elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) |
| 1676 | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
| 1679 | old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 1680 | } |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 1683 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 1684 | /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, |
| 1685 | there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */ |
| 1686 | else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN |
| 1687 | && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 1688 | || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)) |
| 1689 | { |
| 1690 | if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 1691 | tls_type = old_tls_type; |
| 1692 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 1693 | && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 1694 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 1695 | else |
| 1696 | { |
| 1697 | if (h) |
| 1698 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1699 | else |
| 1700 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 1701 | NULL); |
| 1702 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1703 | (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and " |
| 1704 | "thread local symbol"), |
| 1705 | abfd, name); |
| 1706 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1707 | return FALSE; |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type) |
| 1712 | { |
| 1713 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1714 | elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type; |
| 1715 | else |
| 1716 | elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type; |
| 1717 | } |
| 1718 | } |
| 1719 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 1722 | case R_386_GOTPC: |
| 1723 | create_got: |
| 1724 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 1725 | { |
| 1726 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 1727 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 1728 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| 1729 | return FALSE; |
| 1730 | } |
| 1731 | if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 1732 | break; |
| 1733 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | case R_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 1736 | case R_386_TLS_LE: |
| 1737 | if (info->executable) |
| 1738 | break; |
| 1739 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 1740 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | case R_386_32: |
| 1743 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 1744 | if (h != NULL && info->executable) |
| 1745 | { |
| 1746 | /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might |
| 1747 | need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this |
| 1748 | stage whether the section is read-only, as input |
| 1749 | sections have not yet been mapped to output sections. |
| 1750 | Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in |
| 1751 | adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 1752 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc |
| 1755 | refers to is in a shared lib. */ |
| 1756 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 1757 | if (r_type != R_386_PC32) |
| 1758 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | size_reloc = FALSE; |
| 1762 | do_size: |
| 1763 | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| 1764 | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| 1765 | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| 1766 | into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| 1767 | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| 1768 | global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| 1769 | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| 1770 | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| 1771 | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| 1772 | later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, |
| 1773 | DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in |
| 1774 | a shared library. We account for that possibility below by |
| 1775 | storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash |
| 1776 | table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating |
| 1777 | shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the |
| 1778 | symbol local. |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| 1781 | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| 1782 | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| 1783 | symbol. */ |
| 1784 | if ((info->shared |
| 1785 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1786 | && (r_type != R_386_PC32 |
| 1787 | || (h != NULL |
| 1788 | && (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) |
| 1789 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 1790 | || !h->def_regular)))) |
| 1791 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 1792 | && !info->shared |
| 1793 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1794 | && h != NULL |
| 1795 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 1796 | || !h->def_regular))) |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 1799 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **head; |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file. |
| 1802 | Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for |
| 1803 | this reloc. */ |
| 1804 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 1805 | { |
| 1806 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 1807 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 1810 | (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE); |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 1813 | return FALSE; |
| 1814 | } |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| 1817 | relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| 1818 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1819 | { |
| 1820 | head = &eh->dyn_relocs; |
| 1821 | } |
| 1822 | else |
| 1823 | { |
| 1824 | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. |
| 1825 | We really need local syms available to do this |
| 1826 | easily. Oh well. */ |
| 1827 | void **vpp; |
| 1828 | asection *s; |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1831 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1832 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 1833 | return FALSE; |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 1836 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1837 | s = sec; |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 | vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
| 1840 | head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp; |
| 1841 | } |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | p = *head; |
| 1844 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| 1845 | { |
| 1846 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p; |
| 1847 | p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 1848 | amt); |
| 1849 | if (p == NULL) |
| 1850 | return FALSE; |
| 1851 | p->next = *head; |
| 1852 | *head = p; |
| 1853 | p->sec = sec; |
| 1854 | p->count = 0; |
| 1855 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 1856 | } |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | p->count += 1; |
| 1859 | /* Count size relocation as PC-relative relocation. */ |
| 1860 | if (r_type == R_386_PC32 || size_reloc) |
| 1861 | p->pc_count += 1; |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | break; |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 1866 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 1867 | case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 1868 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 1869 | return FALSE; |
| 1870 | break; |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 1873 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 1874 | case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 1875 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 1876 | if (h != NULL |
| 1877 | && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 1878 | return FALSE; |
| 1879 | break; |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | default: |
| 1882 | break; |
| 1883 | } |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | if (use_plt_got |
| 1886 | && h != NULL |
| 1887 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 1888 | && h->got.refcount > 0 |
| 1889 | && htab->plt_got == NULL) |
| 1890 | { |
| 1891 | /* Create the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 1892 | unsigned int plt_got_align; |
| 1893 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 1896 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry) == 8 |
| 1897 | && (sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry) |
| 1898 | == sizeof (elf_i386_pic_got_plt_entry))); |
| 1899 | plt_got_align = 3; |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 1902 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 1903 | htab->plt_got |
| 1904 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 1905 | ".plt.got", |
| 1906 | (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 1907 | | SEC_ALLOC |
| 1908 | | SEC_CODE |
| 1909 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 1910 | | SEC_READONLY)); |
| 1911 | if (htab->plt_got == NULL |
| 1912 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 1913 | htab->plt_got, |
| 1914 | plt_got_align)) |
| 1915 | return FALSE; |
| 1916 | } |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | if (r_type == R_386_GOT32 |
| 1919 | && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1920 | sec->need_convert_mov_to_lea = 1; |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | return TRUE; |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| 1927 | relocation. */ |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | static asection * |
| 1930 | elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| 1931 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1932 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1933 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1934 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 1935 | { |
| 1936 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1937 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 1938 | { |
| 1939 | case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 1940 | case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 1941 | return NULL; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| 1945 | } |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1950 | elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, |
| 1951 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1952 | asection *sec, |
| 1953 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 1954 | { |
| 1955 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1956 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1957 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 1958 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 1959 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 1962 | return TRUE; |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1965 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1966 | return FALSE; |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL; |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 1971 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 1972 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 1975 | for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) |
| 1976 | { |
| 1977 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1978 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1979 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 1982 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1983 | { |
| 1984 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1985 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1986 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 1987 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 1988 | } |
| 1989 | else |
| 1990 | { |
| 1991 | /* A local symbol. */ |
| 1992 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1995 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1998 | if (isym != NULL |
| 1999 | && ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2000 | { |
| 2001 | h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, FALSE); |
| 2002 | if (h == NULL) |
| 2003 | abort (); |
| 2004 | } |
| 2005 | } |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | if (h) |
| 2008 | { |
| 2009 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2010 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2011 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2014 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next) |
| 2015 | if (p->sec == sec) |
| 2016 | { |
| 2017 | /* Everything must go for SEC. */ |
| 2018 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2019 | break; |
| 2020 | } |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 2024 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL, |
| 2025 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 2026 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, |
| 2027 | rel, relend, h, r_symndx)) |
| 2028 | return FALSE; |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 | switch (r_type) |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 2033 | if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
| 2034 | htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1; |
| 2035 | break; |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 2038 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 2039 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 2040 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 2041 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 2042 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 2043 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 2044 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2045 | { |
| 2046 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2047 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 2048 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2049 | { |
| 2050 | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 2051 | h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | } |
| 2054 | else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) |
| 2055 | { |
| 2056 | if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 2057 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | break; |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | case R_386_32: |
| 2062 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 2063 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 2064 | if (info->shared |
| 2065 | && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 2066 | break; |
| 2067 | /* Fall through */ |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 2070 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2071 | { |
| 2072 | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 2073 | h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 2074 | } |
| 2075 | break; |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 2078 | if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2079 | { |
| 2080 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2081 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 2082 | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 2083 | h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 2084 | } |
| 2085 | break; |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | default: |
| 2088 | break; |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | } |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | return TRUE; |
| 2093 | } |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 2096 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 2097 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 2098 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 2099 | understand. */ |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2102 | elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2103 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2104 | { |
| 2105 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2106 | asection *s; |
| 2107 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2108 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 2111 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2112 | { |
| 2113 | /* All local STT_GNU_IFUNC references must be treate as local |
| 2114 | calls via local PLT. */ |
| 2115 | if (h->ref_regular |
| 2116 | && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2117 | { |
| 2118 | bfd_size_type pc_count = 0, count = 0; |
| 2119 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2122 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2123 | { |
| 2124 | pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 2125 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2126 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2127 | count += p->count; |
| 2128 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2129 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2130 | else |
| 2131 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2132 | } |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | if (pc_count || count) |
| 2135 | { |
| 2136 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2137 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 2138 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2139 | h->plt.refcount = 1; |
| 2140 | else |
| 2141 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2142 | } |
| 2143 | } |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2146 | { |
| 2147 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2148 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2149 | } |
| 2150 | return TRUE; |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We |
| 2154 | will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, |
| 2155 | when we know the address of the .got section. */ |
| 2156 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 2157 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 2158 | { |
| 2159 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 |
| 2160 | || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 2161 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2162 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 2163 | { |
| 2164 | /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input |
| 2165 | file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic |
| 2166 | object, or if all references were garbage collected. In |
| 2167 | such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure |
| 2168 | linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead. */ |
| 2169 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2170 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2171 | } |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | return TRUE; |
| 2174 | } |
| 2175 | else |
| 2176 | /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was |
| 2177 | needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in |
| 2178 | check_relocs. We can't decide accurately between function and |
| 2179 | non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in |
| 2180 | the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */ |
| 2181 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 2184 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 2185 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 2186 | if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) |
| 2187 | { |
| 2188 | BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 2189 | || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 2190 | h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
| 2191 | h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
| 2192 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2193 | h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; |
| 2194 | return TRUE; |
| 2195 | } |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 2198 | is not a function. */ |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| 2201 | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| 2202 | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| 2203 | be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| 2204 | if (!info->executable) |
| 2205 | return TRUE; |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| 2208 | GOT nor R_386_GOTOFF relocation, we don't need to generate a copy |
| 2209 | reloc. */ |
| 2210 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2211 | if (!h->non_got_ref && !eh->gotoff_ref) |
| 2212 | return TRUE; |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
| 2215 | if (info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2216 | { |
| 2217 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2218 | return TRUE; |
| 2219 | } |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 2222 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2223 | return FALSE; |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections nor |
| 2226 | R_386_GOTOFF relocation, then we can keep the dynamic relocs and |
| 2227 | avoid the copy reloc. This doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can |
| 2228 | not have dynamic relocations (other than copy and jump slot |
| 2229 | relocations) in an executable. */ |
| 2230 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 2231 | && !eh->gotoff_ref |
| 2232 | && !get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->is_vxworks) |
| 2233 | { |
| 2234 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2235 | { |
| 2236 | s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2237 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2238 | break; |
| 2239 | } |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2242 | { |
| 2243 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2244 | return TRUE; |
| 2245 | } |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| 2249 | become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| 2250 | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| 2251 | object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| 2252 | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| 2253 | offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| 2254 | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| 2255 | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| 2256 | same memory location for the variable. */ |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
| 2259 | copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the |
| 2260 | runtime process image. */ |
| 2261 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2264 | h->needs_copy = 1; |
| 2265 | } |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | s = htab->sdynbss; |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); |
| 2270 | } |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2273 | dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2276 | elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 2277 | { |
| 2278 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2279 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2280 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2281 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2282 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 2285 | return TRUE; |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 2290 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 2291 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2292 | return FALSE; |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (info->output_bfd); |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | /* We can't use the GOT PLT if pointer equality is needed since |
| 2297 | finish_dynamic_symbol won't clear symbol value and the dynamic |
| 2298 | linker won't update the GOT slot. We will get into an infinite |
| 2299 | loop at run-time. */ |
| 2300 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 2301 | && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2302 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed |
| 2303 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 2304 | && h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2305 | { |
| 2306 | /* Don't use the regular PLT if there are both GOT and GOTPLT |
| 2307 | reloctions. */ |
| 2308 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 2311 | eh->plt_got.refcount = 1; |
| 2312 | } |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it |
| 2315 | here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object. */ |
| 2316 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2317 | && h->def_regular) |
| 2318 | return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h, &eh->dyn_relocs, |
| 2319 | plt_entry_size, |
| 2320 | plt_entry_size, 4); |
| 2321 | else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2322 | && (h->plt.refcount > 0 || eh->plt_got.refcount > 0)) |
| 2323 | { |
| 2324 | bfd_boolean use_plt_got = eh->plt_got.refcount > 0; |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2327 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2328 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2329 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2330 | { |
| 2331 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2332 | return FALSE; |
| 2333 | } |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | if (info->shared |
| 2336 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) |
| 2337 | { |
| 2338 | asection *s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 2339 | asection *got_s = htab->plt_got; |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
| 2342 | first entry. */ |
| 2343 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 2344 | s->size = plt_entry_size; |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2347 | eh->plt_got.offset = got_s->size; |
| 2348 | else |
| 2349 | h->plt.offset = s->size; |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are |
| 2352 | not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this |
| 2353 | location in the .plt. This is required to make function |
| 2354 | pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and |
| 2355 | the shared library. */ |
| 2356 | if (! info->shared |
| 2357 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2358 | { |
| 2359 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2360 | { |
| 2361 | /* We need to make a call to the entry of the GOT PLT |
| 2362 | instead of regular PLT entry. */ |
| 2363 | h->root.u.def.section = got_s; |
| 2364 | h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | else |
| 2367 | { |
| 2368 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 2369 | h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; |
| 2370 | } |
| 2371 | } |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| 2374 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2375 | got_s->size += sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry); |
| 2376 | else |
| 2377 | { |
| 2378 | s->size += plt_entry_size; |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, |
| 2381 | which will be placed in the .got section by the linker |
| 2382 | script. */ |
| 2383 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */ |
| 2386 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2387 | htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count++; |
| 2388 | } |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 2391 | && !info->shared) |
| 2392 | { |
| 2393 | /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry |
| 2394 | in executables. They go in a separate relocation section, |
| 2395 | which is processed by the kernel loader. */ |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an |
| 2398 | R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an |
| 2399 | R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | if (h->plt.offset == plt_entry_size) |
| 2402 | htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2); |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry: |
| 2405 | an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32 |
| 2406 | relocation for the PLT entry. */ |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2); |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | else |
| 2412 | { |
| 2413 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2414 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2415 | } |
| 2416 | } |
| 2417 | else |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2420 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2421 | } |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary, |
| 2426 | make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry. */ |
| 2427 | if (h->got.refcount > 0 |
| 2428 | && info->executable |
| 2429 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2430 | && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2431 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2432 | else if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2433 | { |
| 2434 | asection *s; |
| 2435 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 2436 | int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2439 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2440 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2441 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2442 | { |
| 2443 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2444 | return FALSE; |
| 2445 | } |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 2448 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 2449 | { |
| 2450 | eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2451 | - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 2452 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8; |
| 2453 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 2454 | } |
| 2455 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 2456 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 2457 | { |
| 2458 | h->got.offset = s->size; |
| 2459 | s->size += 4; |
| 2460 | /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */ |
| 2461 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2462 | s->size += 4; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 2465 | /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation, |
| 2466 | R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation, |
| 2467 | (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we |
| 2468 | need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if |
| 2469 | global. */ |
| 2470 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2471 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2472 | else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 2473 | || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2474 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2475 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 2476 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2477 | else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 2478 | && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 2479 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2480 | && (info->shared |
| 2481 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) |
| 2482 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2483 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 2484 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | else |
| 2487 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
| 2490 | return TRUE; |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| 2493 | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
| 2494 | defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
| 2495 | space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol |
| 2496 | visibility changes. */ |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | if (info->shared) |
| 2499 | { |
| 2500 | /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will |
| 2501 | appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .". We |
| 2502 | want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the |
| 2503 | function rather than going via the plt. If people want |
| 2504 | function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they |
| 2505 | should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */ |
| 2506 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2507 | { |
| 2508 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2511 | { |
| 2512 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2513 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2514 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2515 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2516 | else |
| 2517 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->is_vxworks) |
| 2522 | { |
| 2523 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2524 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2525 | { |
| 2526 | if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2527 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2528 | else |
| 2529 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2530 | } |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| 2534 | visibility. */ |
| 2535 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL |
| 2536 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2537 | { |
| 2538 | if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 2539 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic |
| 2542 | symbol in PIEs. */ |
| 2543 | else if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2544 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2545 | { |
| 2546 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2547 | return FALSE; |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | } |
| 2551 | else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) |
| 2552 | { |
| 2553 | /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against |
| 2554 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
| 2555 | dynamic. */ |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | if (!h->non_got_ref |
| 2558 | && ((h->def_dynamic |
| 2559 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2560 | || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2561 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 2562 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
| 2563 | { |
| 2564 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2565 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2566 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2567 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2568 | { |
| 2569 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2570 | return FALSE; |
| 2571 | } |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the |
| 2574 | relocs. */ |
| 2575 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| 2576 | goto keep; |
| 2577 | } |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | keep: ; |
| 2582 | } |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | /* Finally, allocate space. */ |
| 2585 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2586 | { |
| 2587 | asection *sreloc; |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); |
| 2592 | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | return TRUE; |
| 2596 | } |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2599 | local dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2602 | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 2603 | { |
| 2604 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 2605 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2608 | || !h->def_regular |
| 2609 | || !h->ref_regular |
| 2610 | || !h->forced_local |
| 2611 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| 2612 | abort (); |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf); |
| 2615 | } |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2620 | elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 2621 | { |
| 2622 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2623 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | /* Skip local IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 2626 | if (h->forced_local && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2627 | return TRUE; |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2630 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2631 | { |
| 2632 | asection *s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2635 | { |
| 2636 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && info->shared) |
| 2641 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 2642 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation against `%s' in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 2643 | p->sec->owner, h->root.root.string, |
| 2644 | p->sec); |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ |
| 2647 | return FALSE; |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | return TRUE; |
| 2651 | } |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | /* Convert |
| 2654 | mov foo@GOT(%reg), %reg |
| 2655 | to |
| 2656 | lea foo@GOTOFF(%reg), %reg |
| 2657 | with the local symbol, foo. */ |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2660 | elf_i386_convert_mov_to_lea (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 2661 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 2662 | { |
| 2663 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2664 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 2665 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 2666 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 2667 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2668 | bfd_boolean changed_contents; |
| 2669 | bfd_boolean changed_relocs; |
| 2670 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | /* Don't even try to convert non-ELF outputs. */ |
| 2673 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash)) |
| 2674 | return FALSE; |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | /* Nothing to do if there is no need or no output. */ |
| 2677 | if ((sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)) != (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC) |
| 2678 | || sec->need_convert_mov_to_lea == 0 |
| 2679 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| 2680 | return TRUE; |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | /* Load the relocations for this section. */ |
| 2685 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 2686 | (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 2687 | link_info->keep_memory)); |
| 2688 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 2689 | return FALSE; |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (link_info); |
| 2692 | changed_contents = FALSE; |
| 2693 | changed_relocs = FALSE; |
| 2694 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 2697 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 2698 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 2699 | else |
| 2700 | { |
| 2701 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 2702 | goto error_return; |
| 2703 | } |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 2706 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 2707 | { |
| 2708 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 2709 | unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 2710 | unsigned int indx; |
| 2711 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | if (r_type != R_386_GOT32) |
| 2714 | continue; |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | /* Get the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ |
| 2717 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 2718 | { |
| 2719 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 2722 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep R_386_GOT32 relocation. */ |
| 2725 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2726 | && irel->r_offset >= 2 |
| 2727 | && bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset - 2) == 0x8b) |
| 2728 | { |
| 2729 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, 0x8d, contents + irel->r_offset - 2); |
| 2730 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_386_GOTOFF); |
| 2731 | if (local_got_refcounts != NULL |
| 2732 | && local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 2733 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 2734 | changed_contents = TRUE; |
| 2735 | changed_relocs = TRUE; |
| 2736 | } |
| 2737 | continue; |
| 2738 | } |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2741 | h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; |
| 2742 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2745 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2746 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep R_386_GOT32 relocation. We also avoid |
| 2749 | optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its link-time address. */ |
| 2750 | if (h->def_regular |
| 2751 | && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2752 | && h != htab->elf.hdynamic |
| 2753 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h) |
| 2754 | && irel->r_offset >= 2 |
| 2755 | && bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset - 2) == 0x8b) |
| 2756 | { |
| 2757 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, 0x8d, contents + irel->r_offset - 2); |
| 2758 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_386_GOTOFF); |
| 2759 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2760 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 2761 | changed_contents = TRUE; |
| 2762 | changed_relocs = TRUE; |
| 2763 | } |
| 2764 | } |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | if (contents != NULL |
| 2767 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2768 | { |
| 2769 | if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory) |
| 2770 | free (contents); |
| 2771 | else |
| 2772 | { |
| 2773 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 2774 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 2775 | } |
| 2776 | } |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 2779 | { |
| 2780 | if (!changed_relocs) |
| 2781 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 2782 | else |
| 2783 | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 2784 | } |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | return TRUE; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | error_return: |
| 2789 | if (contents != NULL |
| 2790 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2791 | free (contents); |
| 2792 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 2793 | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 2794 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 2795 | return FALSE; |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2801 | elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2802 | { |
| 2803 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2804 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 2805 | asection *s; |
| 2806 | bfd_boolean relocs; |
| 2807 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 2810 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2811 | return FALSE; |
| 2812 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 2813 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 2814 | abort (); |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 2817 | { |
| 2818 | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| 2819 | if (info->executable) |
| 2820 | { |
| 2821 | s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 2822 | if (s == NULL) |
| 2823 | abort (); |
| 2824 | s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 2825 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 2826 | } |
| 2827 | } |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| 2830 | relocs. */ |
| 2831 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 2832 | { |
| 2833 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 2834 | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
| 2835 | char *local_tls_type; |
| 2836 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 2837 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 2838 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2839 | asection *srel; |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd)) |
| 2842 | continue; |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 2845 | { |
| 2846 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | if (!elf_i386_convert_mov_to_lea (ibfd, s, info)) |
| 2849 | return FALSE; |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *) |
| 2852 | elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 2853 | p != NULL; |
| 2854 | p = p->next) |
| 2855 | { |
| 2856 | if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| 2857 | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| 2860 | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| 2861 | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| 2862 | the relocs too. */ |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | else if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 2865 | && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, |
| 2866 | ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2867 | { |
| 2868 | /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are |
| 2869 | handled specially by the loader. */ |
| 2870 | } |
| 2871 | else if (p->count != 0) |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 2874 | srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2875 | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 |
| 2876 | && (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 2879 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && info->shared) |
| 2880 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 2881 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 2882 | p->sec->owner, p->sec); |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | } |
| 2886 | } |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 2889 | if (!local_got) |
| 2890 | continue; |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 2893 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2894 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 2895 | local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd); |
| 2896 | local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd); |
| 2897 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 2898 | srel = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 2899 | for (; local_got < end_local_got; |
| 2900 | ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 2901 | { |
| 2902 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2903 | if (*local_got > 0) |
| 2904 | { |
| 2905 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2906 | { |
| 2907 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2908 | - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 2909 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8; |
| 2910 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 2911 | } |
| 2912 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2913 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2914 | { |
| 2915 | *local_got = s->size; |
| 2916 | s->size += 4; |
| 2917 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2918 | || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2919 | s->size += 4; |
| 2920 | } |
| 2921 | if (info->shared |
| 2922 | || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2923 | || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2924 | { |
| 2925 | if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2926 | srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2927 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2928 | || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2929 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2930 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2931 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2932 | } |
| 2933 | } |
| 2934 | else |
| 2935 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
| 2940 | { |
| 2941 | /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM |
| 2942 | relocs. */ |
| 2943 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 2944 | htab->elf.sgot->size += 8; |
| 2945 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | else |
| 2948 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1; |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
| 2951 | sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2952 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols. */ |
| 2955 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 2956 | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs, |
| 2957 | info); |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is |
| 2960 | incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors, |
| 2961 | it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved |
| 2962 | for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump |
| 2963 | slot size. |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | PR ld/13302: We start next_irelative_index at the end of .rela.plt |
| 2966 | so that R_386_IRELATIVE entries come last. */ |
| 2967 | if (htab->elf.srelplt) |
| 2968 | { |
| 2969 | htab->next_tls_desc_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count; |
| 2970 | htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4; |
| 2971 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 2972 | } |
| 2973 | else if (htab->elf.irelplt) |
| 2974 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.irelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 2978 | { |
| 2979 | /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no GOT nor PLT |
| 2980 | entries and there is no reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 2981 | if ((htab->elf.hgot == NULL |
| 2982 | || !htab->elf.hgot->ref_regular_nonweak) |
| 2983 | && (htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2984 | == get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size) |
| 2985 | && (htab->elf.splt == NULL |
| 2986 | || htab->elf.splt->size == 0) |
| 2987 | && (htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 2988 | || htab->elf.sgot->size == 0) |
| 2989 | && (htab->elf.iplt == NULL |
| 2990 | || htab->elf.iplt->size == 0) |
| 2991 | && (htab->elf.igotplt == NULL |
| 2992 | || htab->elf.igotplt->size == 0)) |
| 2993 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0; |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 2998 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 2999 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 3000 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.splt->output_section) |
| 3001 | && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) |
| 3002 | htab->plt_eh_frame->size = sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_plt); |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| 3005 | Allocate memory for them. */ |
| 3006 | relocs = FALSE; |
| 3007 | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3008 | { |
| 3009 | bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 3012 | continue; |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | if (s == htab->elf.splt |
| 3015 | || s == htab->elf.sgot) |
| 3016 | { |
| 3017 | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| 3018 | comment below. */ |
| 3019 | /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if |
| 3020 | we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. |
| 3021 | It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) |
| 3024 | strip_section = FALSE; |
| 3025 | } |
| 3026 | else if (s == htab->elf.sgotplt |
| 3027 | || s == htab->elf.iplt |
| 3028 | || s == htab->elf.igotplt |
| 3029 | || s == htab->plt_got |
| 3030 | || s == htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 3031 | || s == htab->sdynbss) |
| 3032 | { |
| 3033 | /* Strip these too. */ |
| 3034 | } |
| 3035 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel")) |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | if (s->size != 0 |
| 3038 | && s != htab->elf.srelplt |
| 3039 | && s != htab->srelplt2) |
| 3040 | relocs = TRUE; |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 3043 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 3044 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | else |
| 3047 | { |
| 3048 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 3049 | continue; |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 3053 | { |
| 3054 | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| 3055 | output file. This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and |
| 3056 | .rel.plt. We must create both sections in |
| 3057 | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| 3058 | before the linker maps input sections to output |
| 3059 | sections. The linker does that before |
| 3060 | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| 3061 | function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| 3062 | into these sections. */ |
| 3063 | if (strip_section) |
| 3064 | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 3065 | continue; |
| 3066 | } |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 3069 | continue; |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
| 3072 | here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
| 3073 | section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
| 3074 | but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead |
| 3075 | of garbage. */ |
| 3076 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
| 3077 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 3078 | return FALSE; |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3082 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3083 | { |
| 3084 | memcpy (htab->plt_eh_frame->contents, elf_i386_eh_frame_plt, |
| 3085 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_plt)); |
| 3086 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->elf.splt->size, |
| 3087 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET); |
| 3088 | } |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 3091 | { |
| 3092 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 3093 | values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 3094 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 3095 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 3096 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 3097 | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| 3098 | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | if (info->executable) |
| 3101 | { |
| 3102 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 3103 | return FALSE; |
| 3104 | } |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0) |
| 3107 | { |
| 3108 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) |
| 3109 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| 3110 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL) |
| 3111 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
| 3112 | return FALSE; |
| 3113 | } |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | if (relocs) |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0) |
| 3118 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0) |
| 3119 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))) |
| 3120 | return FALSE; |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
| 3123 | then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| 3124 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3125 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, |
| 3126 | elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info); |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 3129 | { |
| 3130 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 3131 | return FALSE; |
| 3132 | } |
| 3133 | } |
| 3134 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 3135 | && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) |
| 3136 | return FALSE; |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | return TRUE; |
| 3141 | } |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3144 | elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3145 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3146 | { |
| 3147 | asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec; |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | if (tls_sec) |
| 3150 | { |
| 3151 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase; |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), |
| 3154 | "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", |
| 3155 | FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS) |
| 3158 | { |
| 3159 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3160 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
| 3161 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| 3162 | = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3165 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3166 | return FALSE; |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3169 | (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL, |
| 3170 | tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE, |
| 3171 | bed->collect, &bh))) |
| 3172 | return FALSE; |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | htab->tls_module_base = bh; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh; |
| 3177 | tlsbase->def_regular = 1; |
| 3178 | tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN; |
| 3179 | tlsbase->root.linker_def = 1; |
| 3180 | (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE); |
| 3181 | } |
| 3182 | } |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | return TRUE; |
| 3185 | } |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | /* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section. We do this by the |
| 3188 | section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */ |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3191 | elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 3192 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 3193 | asection *sec) |
| 3194 | { |
| 3195 | const char *name; |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is |
| 3200 | needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells |
| 3201 | elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section |
| 3202 | containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to |
| 3203 | be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into |
| 3204 | EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those |
| 3205 | files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object, |
| 3206 | which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would |
| 3207 | attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation |
| 3208 | entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc" |
| 3209 | will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the |
| 3210 | segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary |
| 3211 | with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's |
| 3212 | the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section |
| 3213 | types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is |
| 3214 | unlikely to bite. */ |
| 3215 | if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0) |
| 3216 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | return TRUE; |
| 3219 | } |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking |
| 3222 | executables. Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS |
| 3223 | section, we have to set it to the end. This function may be called |
| 3224 | multiple times, it is idempotent. */ |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | static void |
| 3227 | elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3228 | { |
| 3229 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3230 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base; |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | if (!info->executable) |
| 3233 | return; |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3236 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3237 | return; |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | base = htab->tls_module_base; |
| 3240 | if (base == NULL) |
| 3241 | return; |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size; |
| 3244 | } |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses |
| 3247 | when resolving @dtpoff relocation. |
| 3248 | This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */ |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | static bfd_vma |
| 3251 | elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3252 | { |
| 3253 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 3254 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 3255 | return 0; |
| 3256 | return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; |
| 3257 | } |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation |
| 3260 | if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */ |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | static bfd_vma |
| 3263 | elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 3266 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 3267 | bfd_vma static_tls_size; |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 3270 | if (htab->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 3271 | return 0; |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements. */ |
| 3274 | static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment); |
| 3275 | return static_tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address; |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | /* Relocate an i386 ELF section. */ |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3281 | elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3282 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 3283 | bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3284 | asection *input_section, |
| 3285 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 3286 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| 3287 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| 3288 | asection **local_sections) |
| 3289 | { |
| 3290 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3291 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3292 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 3293 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 3294 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents; |
| 3295 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 3296 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 3297 | bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; |
| 3298 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd)); |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3303 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3304 | return FALSE; |
| 3305 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 3306 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 3307 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
| 3308 | local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd); |
| 3309 | /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections |
| 3310 | specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ |
| 3311 | is_vxworks_tls = (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 3312 | && info->shared |
| 3313 | && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, |
| 3314 | ".tls_vars")); |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info); |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | rel = relocs; |
| 3321 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| 3322 | for (; rel < relend; rel++) |
| 3323 | { |
| 3324 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 3325 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 3326 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 3327 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3328 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 3329 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 3330 | asection *sec; |
| 3331 | bfd_vma off, offplt, plt_offset; |
| 3332 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 3333 | bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc; |
| 3334 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 3335 | unsigned int indx; |
| 3336 | int tls_type; |
| 3337 | bfd_vma st_size; |
| 3338 | asection *resolved_plt; |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 3341 | if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 3342 | || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY) |
| 3343 | continue; |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard |
| 3346 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard |
| 3347 | >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard) |
| 3348 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext |
| 3349 | >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext)) |
| 3350 | { |
| 3351 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3352 | (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"), |
| 3353 | input_bfd, input_section, r_type); |
| 3354 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3355 | return FALSE; |
| 3356 | } |
| 3357 | howto = elf_howto_table + indx; |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 3360 | h = NULL; |
| 3361 | sym = NULL; |
| 3362 | sec = NULL; |
| 3363 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3364 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 3365 | { |
| 3366 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 3367 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 3368 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 3369 | + sec->output_offset |
| 3370 | + sym->st_value); |
| 3371 | st_size = sym->st_size; |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 3374 | && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0 |
| 3375 | || (info->relocatable |
| 3376 | && sec->output_offset != 0))) |
| 3377 | { |
| 3378 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 3379 | bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset; |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | switch (howto->size) |
| 3382 | { |
| 3383 | case 0: |
| 3384 | addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3385 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3386 | { |
| 3387 | addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80; |
| 3388 | addend += 1; |
| 3389 | } |
| 3390 | break; |
| 3391 | case 1: |
| 3392 | addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3393 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3394 | { |
| 3395 | addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; |
| 3396 | addend += 2; |
| 3397 | } |
| 3398 | break; |
| 3399 | case 2: |
| 3400 | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3401 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3402 | { |
| 3403 | addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; |
| 3404 | addend += 4; |
| 3405 | } |
| 3406 | break; |
| 3407 | default: |
| 3408 | abort (); |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 3412 | addend += sec->output_offset; |
| 3413 | else |
| 3414 | { |
| 3415 | asection *msec = sec; |
| 3416 | addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, |
| 3417 | addend); |
| 3418 | addend -= relocation; |
| 3419 | addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | switch (howto->size) |
| 3423 | { |
| 3424 | case 0: |
| 3425 | /* FIXME: overflow checks. */ |
| 3426 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3427 | addend -= 1; |
| 3428 | bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3429 | break; |
| 3430 | case 1: |
| 3431 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3432 | addend -= 2; |
| 3433 | bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3434 | break; |
| 3435 | case 2: |
| 3436 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3437 | addend -= 4; |
| 3438 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3439 | break; |
| 3440 | } |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | else if (!info->relocatable |
| 3443 | && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3444 | { |
| 3445 | /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 3446 | h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, rel, |
| 3447 | FALSE); |
| 3448 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3449 | abort (); |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value. */ |
| 3452 | h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value; |
| 3453 | h->root.u.def.section = sec; |
| 3454 | } |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | else |
| 3457 | { |
| 3458 | bfd_boolean warned ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3459 | bfd_boolean ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, |
| 3462 | r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 3463 | h, sec, relocation, |
| 3464 | unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); |
| 3465 | st_size = h->size; |
| 3466 | } |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
| 3469 | RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 3470 | rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents); |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 3473 | continue; |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle |
| 3476 | it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */ |
| 3477 | if (h != NULL |
| 3478 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3479 | && h->def_regular) |
| 3480 | { |
| 3481 | asection *plt, *gotplt, *base_got; |
| 3482 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 3483 | const char *name; |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| 3486 | || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3487 | abort (); |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 3490 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 3491 | { |
| 3492 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 3493 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 3494 | } |
| 3495 | else |
| 3496 | { |
| 3497 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 3498 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 3499 | } |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | relocation = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 3502 | + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset); |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | switch (r_type) |
| 3505 | { |
| 3506 | default: |
| 3507 | if (h->root.root.string) |
| 3508 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 3509 | else |
| 3510 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| 3511 | NULL); |
| 3512 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3513 | (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC " |
| 3514 | "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd, |
| 3515 | elf_howto_table[r_type].name, |
| 3516 | name, __FUNCTION__); |
| 3517 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3518 | return FALSE; |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | case R_386_32: |
| 3521 | /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a |
| 3522 | non-GOT reference in a shared object. */ |
| 3523 | if (info->shared && h->non_got_ref) |
| 3524 | { |
| 3525 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3526 | asection *sreloc; |
| 3527 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function |
| 3530 | adddress. */ |
| 3531 | offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, |
| 3532 | info, |
| 3533 | input_section, |
| 3534 | rel->r_offset); |
| 3535 | if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 3536 | || offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 3537 | abort (); |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 3540 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 3541 | + offset); |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3544 | || h->forced_local |
| 3545 | || info->executable) |
| 3546 | { |
| 3547 | /* This symbol is resolved locally. */ |
| 3548 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 3549 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 3550 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 3551 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 3552 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 3553 | contents + offset); |
| 3554 | } |
| 3555 | else |
| 3556 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc; |
| 3559 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we |
| 3562 | do not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, |
| 3563 | we need to include the symbol value so that it |
| 3564 | becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc. For an |
| 3565 | internal symbol, we have updated addend. */ |
| 3566 | continue; |
| 3567 | } |
| 3568 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3569 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 3570 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 3571 | goto do_relocation; |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 3574 | base_got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 3575 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | if (base_got == NULL) |
| 3578 | abort (); |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | if (off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or |
| 3583 | even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 3584 | would use that as offset into .got. */ |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 3587 | { |
| 3588 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 3589 | off = (plt_index + 3) * 4; |
| 3590 | base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 3591 | } |
| 3592 | else |
| 3593 | { |
| 3594 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 3595 | off = plt_index * 4; |
| 3596 | base_got = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3600 | || h->forced_local |
| 3601 | || info->symbolic) |
| 3602 | { |
| 3603 | /* This references the local defitionion. We must |
| 3604 | initialize this entry in the global offset table. |
| 3605 | Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8, |
| 3606 | we use the least significant bit to record |
| 3607 | whether we have initialized it already. |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
| 3610 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 3611 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 3612 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3613 | off &= ~1; |
| 3614 | else |
| 3615 | { |
| 3616 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3617 | base_got->contents + off); |
| 3618 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 3619 | } |
| 3620 | } |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | relocation = off; |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /* Adjust for static executables. */ |
| 3625 | if (htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 3626 | relocation += gotplt->output_offset; |
| 3627 | } |
| 3628 | else |
| 3629 | { |
| 3630 | relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma |
| 3631 | + base_got->output_offset + off |
| 3632 | - gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3633 | - gotplt->output_offset); |
| 3634 | /* Adjust for static executables. */ |
| 3635 | if (htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 3636 | relocation += gotplt->output_offset; |
| 3637 | } |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | goto do_relocation; |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 3642 | relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3643 | + gotplt->output_offset); |
| 3644 | goto do_relocation; |
| 3645 | } |
| 3646 | } |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | switch (r_type) |
| 3649 | { |
| 3650 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 3651 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 3652 | offset table. */ |
| 3653 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 3654 | abort (); |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3657 | { |
| 3658 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 3661 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 3662 | if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) |
| 3663 | || (info->shared |
| 3664 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 3665 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) |
| 3666 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 3667 | { |
| 3668 | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
| 3669 | -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
| 3670 | locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
| 3671 | because of a version file. We must initialize |
| 3672 | this entry in the global offset table. Since the |
| 3673 | offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the |
| 3674 | least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 3675 | initialized it already. |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got |
| 3678 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 3679 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 3680 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3681 | off &= ~1; |
| 3682 | else |
| 3683 | { |
| 3684 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3685 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 3686 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 3687 | } |
| 3688 | } |
| 3689 | else |
| 3690 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3691 | } |
| 3692 | else |
| 3693 | { |
| 3694 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 3695 | abort (); |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use |
| 3700 | the least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 3701 | already generated the necessary reloc. */ |
| 3702 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3703 | off &= ~1; |
| 3704 | else |
| 3705 | { |
| 3706 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3707 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | if (info->shared) |
| 3710 | { |
| 3711 | asection *s; |
| 3712 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | s = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 3715 | if (s == NULL) |
| 3716 | abort (); |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 3719 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 3720 | + off); |
| 3721 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 3722 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &outrel); |
| 3723 | } |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 3726 | } |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 3730 | abort (); |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 3733 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 3734 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3735 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 3736 | break; |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 3739 | /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset |
| 3740 | table. */ |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function or data |
| 3743 | symbol for shared library since it may not be local when |
| 3744 | used as function address or with copy relocation. We also |
| 3745 | need to make sure that a symbol is referenced locally. */ |
| 3746 | if (!info->executable && h) |
| 3747 | { |
| 3748 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 3749 | { |
| 3750 | const char *v; |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) |
| 3753 | { |
| 3754 | case STV_HIDDEN: |
| 3755 | v = _("hidden symbol"); |
| 3756 | break; |
| 3757 | case STV_INTERNAL: |
| 3758 | v = _("internal symbol"); |
| 3759 | break; |
| 3760 | case STV_PROTECTED: |
| 3761 | v = _("protected symbol"); |
| 3762 | break; |
| 3763 | default: |
| 3764 | v = _("symbol"); |
| 3765 | break; |
| 3766 | } |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3769 | (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 3770 | input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string); |
| 3771 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3772 | return FALSE; |
| 3773 | } |
| 3774 | else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 3775 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 3776 | || h->type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 3777 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED) |
| 3778 | { |
| 3779 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3780 | (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 3781 | input_bfd, |
| 3782 | h->type == STT_FUNC ? "function" : "data", |
| 3783 | h->root.root.string); |
| 3784 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3785 | return FALSE; |
| 3786 | } |
| 3787 | } |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | /* Note that sgot is not involved in this |
| 3790 | calculation. We always want the start of .got.plt. If we |
| 3791 | defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is |
| 3792 | permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this |
| 3793 | calculation. */ |
| 3794 | relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3795 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 3796 | break; |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 | case R_386_GOTPC: |
| 3799 | /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */ |
| 3800 | relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3801 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 3802 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3803 | break; |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 3806 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 3807 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly, |
| 3810 | without using the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3811 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3812 | break; |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 3815 | if ((h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 3816 | && eh->plt_got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3817 | || htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 3818 | { |
| 3819 | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
| 3820 | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
| 3821 | using -Bsymbolic. */ |
| 3822 | break; |
| 3823 | } |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 3828 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 3829 | } |
| 3830 | else |
| 3831 | { |
| 3832 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 3833 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 3837 | + resolved_plt->output_offset |
| 3838 | + plt_offset); |
| 3839 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3840 | break; |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 3843 | /* Set to symbol size. */ |
| 3844 | relocation = st_size; |
| 3845 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | case R_386_32: |
| 3848 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 3849 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| 3850 | || is_vxworks_tls) |
| 3851 | break; |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | if ((info->shared |
| 3854 | && (h == NULL |
| 3855 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 3856 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 3857 | && ((r_type != R_386_PC32 && r_type != R_386_SIZE32) |
| 3858 | || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| 3859 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 3860 | && !info->shared |
| 3861 | && h != NULL |
| 3862 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 3863 | && !h->non_got_ref |
| 3864 | && ((h->def_dynamic |
| 3865 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 3866 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 3867 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))) |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3870 | bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
| 3871 | asection *sreloc; |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
| 3874 | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| 3875 | time. */ |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | skip = FALSE; |
| 3878 | relocate = FALSE; |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | outrel.r_offset = |
| 3881 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 3882 | rel->r_offset); |
| 3883 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3884 | skip = TRUE; |
| 3885 | else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 3886 | skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
| 3887 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 3888 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | if (skip) |
| 3891 | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| 3892 | else if (h != NULL |
| 3893 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 3894 | && (r_type == R_386_PC32 |
| 3895 | || !info->shared |
| 3896 | || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) |
| 3897 | || !h->def_regular)) |
| 3898 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 3899 | else |
| 3900 | { |
| 3901 | /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */ |
| 3902 | relocate = TRUE; |
| 3903 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 3904 | } |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | if (sreloc == NULL || sreloc->contents == NULL) |
| 3909 | { |
| 3910 | r = bfd_reloc_notsupported; |
| 3911 | goto check_relocation_error; |
| 3912 | } |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do |
| 3917 | not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we |
| 3918 | need to include the symbol value so that it becomes |
| 3919 | an addend for the dynamic reloc. */ |
| 3920 | if (! relocate) |
| 3921 | continue; |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | break; |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 3926 | if (!info->executable) |
| 3927 | { |
| 3928 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3929 | asection *sreloc; |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset |
| 3932 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 3933 | + input_section->output_offset; |
| 3934 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 3935 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 3936 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 3937 | abort (); |
| 3938 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 3939 | } |
| 3940 | /* Fall through */ |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 3943 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 3944 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 3945 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 3946 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 3947 | tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 3948 | if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) |
| 3949 | tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 3950 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 3951 | tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 3952 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 3953 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG; |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 3956 | input_section, contents, |
| 3957 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 3958 | &r_type, tls_type, rel, |
| 3959 | relend, h, r_symndx)) |
| 3960 | return FALSE; |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 3965 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 3966 | { |
| 3967 | unsigned int type; |
| 3968 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | /* GD->LE transition. */ |
| 3971 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 3972 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 3973 | { |
| 3974 | /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr |
| 3975 | Change it into: |
| 3976 | movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax |
| 3977 | (6 byte form of subl). */ |
| 3978 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3, |
| 3979 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12); |
| 3980 | roff = rel->r_offset + 5; |
| 3981 | } |
| 3982 | else |
| 3983 | { |
| 3984 | /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop |
| 3985 | Change it into: |
| 3986 | movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax |
| 3987 | (6 byte form of subl). */ |
| 3988 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2, |
| 3989 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12); |
| 3990 | roff = rel->r_offset + 6; |
| 3991 | } |
| 3992 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 3993 | contents + roff); |
| 3994 | /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */ |
| 3995 | rel++; |
| 3996 | continue; |
| 3997 | } |
| 3998 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC) |
| 3999 | { |
| 4000 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 4001 | It's originally something like: |
| 4002 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 | leal x@ntpoff, %eax |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */ |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | unsigned int val; |
| 4009 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4012 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4015 | /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte |
| 4016 | below with 0x86. */ |
| 4017 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86, |
| 4018 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 4019 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4020 | contents + roff); |
| 4021 | continue; |
| 4022 | } |
| 4023 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 4026 | It's originally: |
| 4027 | call *(%eax) |
| 4028 | Turn it into: |
| 4029 | xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4034 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 4035 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4036 | continue; |
| 4037 | } |
| 4038 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 4039 | { |
| 4040 | unsigned int val; |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 | /* IE->LE transition: |
| 4043 | Originally it can be one of: |
| 4044 | movl foo, %eax |
| 4045 | movl foo, %reg |
| 4046 | addl foo, %reg |
| 4047 | We change it into: |
| 4048 | movl $foo, %eax |
| 4049 | movl $foo, %reg |
| 4050 | addl $foo, %reg. */ |
| 4051 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4052 | if (val == 0xa1) |
| 4053 | { |
| 4054 | /* movl foo, %eax. */ |
| 4055 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8, |
| 4056 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | else |
| 4059 | { |
| 4060 | unsigned int type; |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, |
| 4063 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4064 | switch (type) |
| 4065 | { |
| 4066 | case 0x8b: |
| 4067 | /* movl */ |
| 4068 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 4069 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4070 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, |
| 4071 | 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4072 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4073 | break; |
| 4074 | case 0x03: |
| 4075 | /* addl */ |
| 4076 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4077 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4078 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, |
| 4079 | 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4080 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4081 | break; |
| 4082 | default: |
| 4083 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 4084 | break; |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | } |
| 4087 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4088 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4089 | continue; |
| 4090 | } |
| 4091 | else |
| 4092 | { |
| 4093 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition: |
| 4096 | Originally it can be one of: |
| 4097 | subl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4098 | movl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4099 | addl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4100 | We change it into: |
| 4101 | subl $foo, %reg2 |
| 4102 | movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form) |
| 4103 | addl $foo, %reg2. */ |
| 4104 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4105 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4106 | if (type == 0x8b) |
| 4107 | { |
| 4108 | /* movl */ |
| 4109 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 4110 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4111 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4112 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | else if (type == 0x2b) |
| 4115 | { |
| 4116 | /* subl */ |
| 4117 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4118 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4119 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4120 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4121 | } |
| 4122 | else if (type == 0x03) |
| 4123 | { |
| 4124 | /* addl */ |
| 4125 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4126 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4127 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4128 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4129 | } |
| 4130 | else |
| 4131 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 4132 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 4133 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4134 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4135 | else |
| 4136 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4137 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4138 | continue; |
| 4139 | } |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4143 | abort (); |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4146 | { |
| 4147 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4148 | offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got; |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | else |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 4153 | abort (); |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 4156 | offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx]; |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4160 | off &= ~1; |
| 4161 | else |
| 4162 | { |
| 4163 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4164 | int dr_type; |
| 4165 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 4168 | abort (); |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0; |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4173 | { |
| 4174 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4175 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC); |
| 4176 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8 |
| 4177 | <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size); |
| 4178 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4179 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 4180 | + offplt |
| 4181 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size); |
| 4182 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 4183 | loc = sreloc->contents; |
| 4184 | loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++ |
| 4185 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4186 | BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) |
| 4187 | <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size); |
| 4188 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4189 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4190 | { |
| 4191 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4192 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4193 | relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4194 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt |
| 4195 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4); |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | else |
| 4198 | { |
| 4199 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4200 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt |
| 4201 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4); |
| 4202 | } |
| 4203 | } |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4208 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 4211 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32; |
| 4212 | else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4213 | goto dr_done; |
| 4214 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 4215 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF; |
| 4216 | else |
| 4217 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32; |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0) |
| 4220 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4221 | relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4222 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4223 | else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) |
| 4224 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4225 | elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation, |
| 4226 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4227 | else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC) |
| 4228 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4229 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4230 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 4235 | { |
| 4236 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4237 | { |
| 4238 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4239 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4240 | relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4241 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4242 | } |
| 4243 | else |
| 4244 | { |
| 4245 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4246 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4247 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, |
| 4248 | R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32); |
| 4249 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4250 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4251 | } |
| 4252 | } |
| 4253 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4254 | { |
| 4255 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4256 | (indx == 0 |
| 4257 | ? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) |
| 4258 | : 0), |
| 4259 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4260 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF); |
| 4261 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4262 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4263 | } |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | dr_done: |
| 4266 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4267 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4268 | else |
| 4269 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 4270 | } |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2 |
| 4273 | && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4274 | abort (); |
| 4275 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC |
| 4276 | || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4277 | { |
| 4278 | relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt; |
| 4279 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4280 | } |
| 4281 | else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 4282 | { |
| 4283 | bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4284 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4285 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4286 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t; |
| 4287 | if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 4288 | && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4289 | relocation += 4; |
| 4290 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 4291 | relocation += g_o_t; |
| 4292 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4293 | } |
| 4294 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 4295 | { |
| 4296 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 4297 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | /* GD->IE transition. */ |
| 4300 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4301 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4302 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 4303 | { |
| 4304 | /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr |
| 4305 | Change it into: |
| 4306 | movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 4307 | val >>= 3; |
| 4308 | roff = rel->r_offset - 3; |
| 4309 | } |
| 4310 | else |
| 4311 | { |
| 4312 | /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop |
| 4313 | Change it into: |
| 4314 | movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 4315 | roff = rel->r_offset - 2; |
| 4316 | } |
| 4317 | memcpy (contents + roff, |
| 4318 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12); |
| 4319 | contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7); |
| 4320 | /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and |
| 4321 | foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change |
| 4322 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax |
| 4323 | into: |
| 4324 | addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 4325 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 4326 | contents[roff + 6] = 0x03; |
| 4327 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4328 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4329 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 4330 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4331 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset, |
| 4332 | contents + roff + 8); |
| 4333 | /* Skip R_386_PLT32. */ |
| 4334 | rel++; |
| 4335 | continue; |
| 4336 | } |
| 4337 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC) |
| 4338 | { |
| 4339 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 4340 | It's originally something like: |
| 4341 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | Change it to: |
| 4344 | movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax |
| 4345 | or: |
| 4346 | movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */ |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit |
| 4353 | offset into any register, although it's probably |
| 4354 | almost always going to be eax. */ |
| 4355 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4358 | /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it |
| 4359 | suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b. |
| 4360 | aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all |
| 4361 | we have to do is remove the statement below, and |
| 4362 | adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL. */ |
| 4363 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2); |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4366 | off += 4; |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4369 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4370 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 4371 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4372 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset, |
| 4373 | contents + roff); |
| 4374 | continue; |
| 4375 | } |
| 4376 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4377 | { |
| 4378 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 4379 | It's originally: |
| 4380 | call *(%eax) |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | Change it to: |
| 4383 | xchg %ax,%ax |
| 4384 | or |
| 4385 | negl %eax |
| 4386 | depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above. |
| 4387 | */ |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4394 | if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG) |
| 4395 | { |
| 4396 | /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 4397 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 4398 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4399 | } |
| 4400 | else |
| 4401 | { |
| 4402 | /* negl %eax */ |
| 4403 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff); |
| 4404 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | continue; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | else |
| 4410 | BFD_ASSERT (FALSE); |
| 4411 | break; |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 4414 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 4415 | input_section, contents, |
| 4416 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 4417 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel, |
| 4418 | relend, h, r_symndx)) |
| 4419 | return FALSE; |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM) |
| 4422 | { |
| 4423 | /* LD->LE transition: |
| 4424 | leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr. |
| 4425 | We change it into: |
| 4426 | movl %gs:0, %eax; nop; leal 0(%esi,1), %esi. */ |
| 4427 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32); |
| 4428 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2, |
| 4429 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11); |
| 4430 | /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */ |
| 4431 | rel++; |
| 4432 | continue; |
| 4433 | } |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4436 | abort (); |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset; |
| 4439 | if (off & 1) |
| 4440 | off &= ~1; |
| 4441 | else |
| 4442 | { |
| 4443 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 4446 | abort (); |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4449 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4452 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4453 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4454 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4455 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32); |
| 4456 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &outrel); |
| 4457 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1; |
| 4458 | } |
| 4459 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4460 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 4461 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4462 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4463 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4464 | break; |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | case R_386_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 4467 | if (!info->executable || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 4468 | relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4469 | else |
| 4470 | /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate. */ |
| 4471 | relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4472 | break; |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | case R_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 4475 | case R_386_TLS_LE: |
| 4476 | if (!info->executable) |
| 4477 | { |
| 4478 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4479 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset |
| 4482 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4483 | + input_section->output_offset; |
| 4484 | if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1) |
| 4485 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 4486 | else |
| 4487 | indx = 0; |
| 4488 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4489 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32); |
| 4490 | else |
| 4491 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF); |
| 4492 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4493 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4494 | abort (); |
| 4495 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4496 | if (indx) |
| 4497 | continue; |
| 4498 | else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4499 | relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation; |
| 4500 | else |
| 4501 | relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4504 | relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4505 | else |
| 4506 | relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4507 | break; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | default: |
| 4510 | break; |
| 4511 | } |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections |
| 4514 | because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will |
| 4515 | not process them. */ |
| 4516 | if (unresolved_reloc |
| 4517 | && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 4518 | && h->def_dynamic) |
| 4519 | && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 4520 | rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4521 | { |
| 4522 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4523 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), |
| 4524 | input_bfd, |
| 4525 | input_section, |
| 4526 | (long) rel->r_offset, |
| 4527 | howto->name, |
| 4528 | h->root.root.string); |
| 4529 | return FALSE; |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | do_relocation: |
| 4533 | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4534 | contents, rel->r_offset, |
| 4535 | relocation, 0); |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | check_relocation_error: |
| 4538 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 4539 | { |
| 4540 | const char *name; |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4543 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4544 | else |
| 4545 | { |
| 4546 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, |
| 4547 | symtab_hdr->sh_link, |
| 4548 | sym->st_name); |
| 4549 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4550 | return FALSE; |
| 4551 | if (*name == '\0') |
| 4552 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
| 4553 | } |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 | if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) |
| 4556 | { |
| 4557 | if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 4558 | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, |
| 4559 | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4560 | rel->r_offset))) |
| 4561 | return FALSE; |
| 4562 | } |
| 4563 | else |
| 4564 | { |
| 4565 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4566 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"), |
| 4567 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4568 | (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r); |
| 4569 | return FALSE; |
| 4570 | } |
| 4571 | } |
| 4572 | } |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | return TRUE; |
| 4575 | } |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 4578 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4581 | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 4582 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4583 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 4584 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 4585 | { |
| 4586 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4587 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 4588 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed; |
| 4589 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 4592 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 4593 | return FALSE; |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 4596 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4601 | { |
| 4602 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 4603 | bfd_vma got_offset; |
| 4604 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 4605 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4606 | asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt; |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and |
| 4609 | .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 4610 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4611 | { |
| 4612 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4613 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4614 | relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 4615 | } |
| 4616 | else |
| 4617 | { |
| 4618 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 4619 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 4620 | relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 4621 | } |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set |
| 4624 | it up. */ |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | if ((h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4627 | && !((h->forced_local || info->executable) |
| 4628 | && h->def_regular |
| 4629 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 4630 | || plt == NULL |
| 4631 | || gotplt == NULL |
| 4632 | || relplt == NULL) |
| 4633 | abort (); |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 | /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which |
| 4636 | corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol |
| 4637 | in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The |
| 4638 | first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that |
| 4641 | corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes. |
| 4642 | The first three are reserved. |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 | For static executables, we don't reserve anything. */ |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 4647 | { |
| 4648 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 4649 | got_offset = (got_offset + 3) * 4; |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | else |
| 4652 | { |
| 4653 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 4654 | got_offset = got_offset * 4; |
| 4655 | } |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4658 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4659 | { |
| 4660 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, abed->plt->plt_entry, |
| 4661 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 4662 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4663 | (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4664 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 4665 | + got_offset), |
| 4666 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 4667 | + abed->plt->plt_got_offset); |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | if (abed->is_vxworks) |
| 4670 | { |
| 4671 | int s, k, reloc_index; |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT |
| 4674 | for this PLT entry. */ |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | /* S: Current slot number (zero-based). */ |
| 4677 | s = ((h->plt.offset - abed->plt->plt_entry_size) |
| 4678 | / abed->plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 4679 | /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */ |
| 4680 | if (info->shared) |
| 4681 | k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB; |
| 4682 | else |
| 4683 | k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS; |
| 4684 | /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for |
| 4685 | the other PLT slots. */ |
| 4686 | reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS; |
| 4687 | loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index |
| 4688 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 4691 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 4692 | + h->plt.offset + 2), |
| 4693 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 4694 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of |
| 4697 | the PLT for this GOT entry. */ |
| 4698 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4699 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 4700 | + got_offset); |
| 4701 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32); |
| 4702 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 4703 | loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4704 | } |
| 4705 | } |
| 4706 | else |
| 4707 | { |
| 4708 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, abed->plt->pic_plt_entry, |
| 4709 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 4710 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset, |
| 4711 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 4712 | + abed->plt->plt_got_offset); |
| 4713 | } |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */ |
| 4716 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4717 | (plt->output_section->vma |
| 4718 | + plt->output_offset |
| 4719 | + h->plt.offset |
| 4720 | + abed->plt->plt_lazy_offset), |
| 4721 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */ |
| 4724 | rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4725 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 4726 | + got_offset); |
| 4727 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4728 | || ((info->executable |
| 4729 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 4730 | && h->def_regular |
| 4731 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 4732 | { |
| 4733 | /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate |
| 4734 | R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT. Store addend |
| 4735 | in the .got.plt section. */ |
| 4736 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4737 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 4738 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 4739 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 4740 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 4741 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 4742 | /* R_386_IRELATIVE comes last. */ |
| 4743 | plt_index = htab->next_irelative_index--; |
| 4744 | } |
| 4745 | else |
| 4746 | { |
| 4747 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT); |
| 4748 | plt_index = htab->next_jump_slot_index++; |
| 4749 | } |
| 4750 | loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 4751 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables. */ |
| 4754 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 4755 | { |
| 4756 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), |
| 4757 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 4758 | + abed->plt->plt_reloc_offset); |
| 4759 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt.offset |
| 4760 | + abed->plt->plt_plt_offset + 4), |
| 4761 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 4762 | + abed->plt->plt_plt_offset); |
| 4763 | } |
| 4764 | } |
| 4765 | else if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4766 | { |
| 4767 | bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset; |
| 4768 | asection *plt, *got, *gotplt; |
| 4769 | const bfd_byte *got_plt_entry; |
| 4770 | |
| 4771 | /* Offset of displacement of the indirect jump. */ |
| 4772 | bfd_vma plt_got_offset = 2; |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | /* Set the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4775 | plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 4776 | got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 4777 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4778 | got_offset = h->got.offset; |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4781 | || plt == NULL |
| 4782 | || got == NULL |
| 4783 | || gotplt == NULL) |
| 4784 | abort (); |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | /* Fill in the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4787 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4788 | { |
| 4789 | got_plt_entry = elf_i386_got_plt_entry; |
| 4790 | got_offset += got->output_section->vma + got->output_offset; |
| 4791 | } |
| 4792 | else |
| 4793 | { |
| 4794 | got_plt_entry = elf_i386_pic_got_plt_entry; |
| 4795 | got_offset += (got->output_section->vma |
| 4796 | + got->output_offset |
| 4797 | - gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4798 | - gotplt->output_offset); |
| 4799 | } |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 4802 | memcpy (plt->contents + plt_offset, got_plt_entry, |
| 4803 | sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry)); |
| 4804 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset, |
| 4805 | plt->contents + plt_offset + plt_got_offset); |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | if (!h->def_regular |
| 4809 | && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4810 | || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)) |
| 4811 | { |
| 4812 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in |
| 4813 | the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any |
| 4814 | relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue |
| 4815 | for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer |
| 4816 | comparisons work between an application and shared |
| 4817 | library), otherwise set it to zero. If a function is only |
| 4818 | called from a binary, there is no need to slow down |
| 4819 | shared libraries because of that. */ |
| 4820 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 4821 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 4822 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 4823 | } |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4826 | && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type) |
| 4827 | && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0) |
| 4828 | { |
| 4829 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it |
| 4832 | up. */ |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 4835 | abort (); |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4838 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 4839 | + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1)); |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
| 4842 | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
| 4843 | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
| 4844 | The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
| 4845 | initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
| 4846 | if (h->def_regular |
| 4847 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 4848 | { |
| 4849 | if (info->shared) |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT. */ |
| 4852 | goto do_glob_dat; |
| 4853 | } |
| 4854 | else |
| 4855 | { |
| 4856 | asection *plt; |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 4859 | abort (); |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which |
| 4862 | contains the real function addres if we need pointer |
| 4863 | equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */ |
| 4864 | plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt; |
| 4865 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4866 | (plt->output_section->vma |
| 4867 | + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset), |
| 4868 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 4869 | return TRUE; |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | } |
| 4872 | else if (info->shared |
| 4873 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 4874 | { |
| 4875 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0); |
| 4876 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | else |
| 4879 | { |
| 4880 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0); |
| 4881 | do_glob_dat: |
| 4882 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 4883 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 4884 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT); |
| 4885 | } |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &rel); |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | if (h->needs_copy) |
| 4891 | { |
| 4892 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4897 | || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4898 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 4899 | || htab->srelbss == NULL) |
| 4900 | abort (); |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 4903 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 4904 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 4905 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY); |
| 4906 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, htab->srelbss, &rel); |
| 4907 | } |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | return TRUE; |
| 4910 | } |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of |
| 4913 | various dynamic sections here. */ |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4916 | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 4917 | { |
| 4918 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 4919 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 4920 | struct bfd_link_info *info |
| 4921 | = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info, |
| 4924 | h, NULL); |
| 4925 | } |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the |
| 4928 | dynamic linker, before writing them out. */ |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 4931 | elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 4932 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 4933 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| 4934 | { |
| 4935 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
| 4936 | { |
| 4937 | case R_386_RELATIVE: |
| 4938 | return reloc_class_relative; |
| 4939 | case R_386_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 4940 | return reloc_class_plt; |
| 4941 | case R_386_COPY: |
| 4942 | return reloc_class_copy; |
| 4943 | default: |
| 4944 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 4945 | } |
| 4946 | } |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4951 | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 4952 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4953 | { |
| 4954 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4955 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 4956 | asection *sdyn; |
| 4957 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed; |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 4960 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 4961 | return FALSE; |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 4964 | sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 4965 | abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4968 | { |
| 4969 | Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 | if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4972 | abort (); |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| 4975 | dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
| 4976 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 4977 | { |
| 4978 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 4979 | asection *s; |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 4984 | { |
| 4985 | default: |
| 4986 | if (abed->is_vxworks |
| 4987 | && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) |
| 4988 | break; |
| 4989 | continue; |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 4992 | s = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4993 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 4994 | break; |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | case DT_JMPREL: |
| 4997 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 4998 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 4999 | break; |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| 5002 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5003 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
| 5004 | break; |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 | case DT_RELSZ: |
| 5007 | /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the |
| 5008 | procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be |
| 5009 | included in the overall relocs (DT_REL). This is |
| 5010 | what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle |
| 5011 | that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELSZ entry |
| 5012 | here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. */ |
| 5013 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5014 | if (s == NULL) |
| 5015 | continue; |
| 5016 | dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size; |
| 5017 | break; |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | case DT_REL: |
| 5020 | /* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script. |
| 5021 | If .rel.plt is the first .rel section, we adjust |
| 5022 | DT_REL to not include it. */ |
| 5023 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5024 | if (s == NULL) |
| 5025 | continue; |
| 5026 | if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset) |
| 5027 | continue; |
| 5028 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size; |
| 5029 | break; |
| 5030 | } |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5036 | if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0) |
| 5037 | { |
| 5038 | if (info->shared) |
| 5039 | { |
| 5040 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, abed->plt->pic_plt0_entry, |
| 5041 | abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5042 | memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5043 | abed->plt0_pad_byte, |
| 5044 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size - abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5045 | } |
| 5046 | else |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, abed->plt->plt0_entry, |
| 5049 | abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5050 | memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5051 | abed->plt0_pad_byte, |
| 5052 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size - abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5053 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5054 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5055 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5056 | + 4), |
| 5057 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 5058 | + abed->plt->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 5059 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5060 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5061 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5062 | + 8), |
| 5063 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 5064 | + abed->plt->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | if (abed->is_vxworks) |
| 5067 | { |
| 5068 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4. |
| 5071 | On IA32 we use REL relocations so the addend goes in |
| 5072 | the PLT directly. */ |
| 5073 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5074 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5075 | + abed->plt->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 5076 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5077 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5078 | htab->srelplt2->contents); |
| 5079 | /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
| 5080 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5081 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5082 | + abed->plt->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 5083 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5084 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5085 | htab->srelplt2->contents + |
| 5086 | sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | } |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't |
| 5091 | really seem like the right value. */ |
| 5092 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section) |
| 5093 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations. */ |
| 5096 | if (abed->is_vxworks && !info->shared) |
| 5097 | { |
| 5098 | int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size |
| 5099 | / abed->plt->plt_entry_size) - 1; |
| 5100 | unsigned char *p; |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | p = htab->srelplt2->contents; |
| 5103 | if (info->shared) |
| 5104 | p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5105 | else |
| 5106 | p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | for (; num_plts; num_plts--) |
| 5109 | { |
| 5110 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5111 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel); |
| 5112 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5113 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p); |
| 5114 | p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel); |
| 5117 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5118 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p); |
| 5119 | p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | } |
| 5122 | } |
| 5123 | } |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 5126 | { |
| 5127 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)) |
| 5128 | { |
| 5129 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5130 | (_("discarded output section: `%A'"), htab->elf.sgotplt); |
| 5131 | return FALSE; |
| 5132 | } |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 | /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */ |
| 5135 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0) |
| 5136 | { |
| 5137 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5138 | (sdyn == NULL ? 0 |
| 5139 | : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset), |
| 5140 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents); |
| 5141 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4); |
| 5142 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8); |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5146 | } |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt section. */ |
| 5149 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5150 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5151 | { |
| 5152 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 5153 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 5154 | && (htab->elf.splt->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 5155 | && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL |
| 5156 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 5157 | { |
| 5158 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma; |
| 5159 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 5160 | + htab->plt_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 5161 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET; |
| 5162 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 5163 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents |
| 5164 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 5165 | } |
| 5166 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame->sec_info_type |
| 5167 | == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 5168 | { |
| 5169 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 5170 | htab->plt_eh_frame, |
| 5171 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 5172 | return FALSE; |
| 5173 | } |
| 5174 | } |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0) |
| 5177 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 5180 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 5181 | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol, |
| 5182 | info); |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | return TRUE; |
| 5185 | } |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | /* Return an array of PLT entry symbol values. */ |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 | static bfd_vma * |
| 5190 | elf_i386_get_plt_sym_val (bfd *abfd, asymbol **dynsyms, asection *plt, |
| 5191 | asection *relplt) |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 5194 | arelent *p; |
| 5195 | long count, i; |
| 5196 | bfd_vma *plt_sym_val; |
| 5197 | bfd_vma plt_offset; |
| 5198 | bfd_byte *plt_contents; |
| 5199 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *bed |
| 5200 | = get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5201 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | /* Get the .plt section contents. */ |
| 5204 | plt_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (plt->size); |
| 5205 | if (plt_contents == NULL) |
| 5206 | return NULL; |
| 5207 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, |
| 5208 | plt_contents, 0, plt->size)) |
| 5209 | { |
| 5210 | bad_return: |
| 5211 | free (plt_contents); |
| 5212 | return NULL; |
| 5213 | } |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 5216 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| 5217 | goto bad_return; |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
| 5220 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 | plt_sym_val = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (sizeof (bfd_vma) * count); |
| 5223 | if (plt_sym_val == NULL) |
| 5224 | goto bad_return; |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 5227 | plt_sym_val[i] = -1; |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | plt_offset = bed->plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 5230 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 5231 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
| 5232 | { |
| 5233 | long reloc_index; |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | /* Skip unknown relocation. PR 17512: file: bc9d6cf5. */ |
| 5236 | if (p->howto == NULL) |
| 5237 | continue; |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | if (p->howto->type != R_386_JUMP_SLOT |
| 5240 | && p->howto->type != R_386_IRELATIVE) |
| 5241 | continue; |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | reloc_index = H_GET_32 (abfd, (plt_contents + plt_offset |
| 5244 | + bed->plt->plt_reloc_offset)); |
| 5245 | reloc_index /= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5246 | if (reloc_index >= count) |
| 5247 | abort (); |
| 5248 | plt_sym_val[reloc_index] = plt->vma + plt_offset; |
| 5249 | plt_offset += bed->plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 5250 | } |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | free (plt_contents); |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | return plt_sym_val; |
| 5255 | } |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | /* Similar to _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */ |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | static long |
| 5260 | elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 5261 | long symcount, |
| 5262 | asymbol **syms, |
| 5263 | long dynsymcount, |
| 5264 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 5265 | asymbol **ret) |
| 5266 | { |
| 5267 | asection *plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 5268 | return _bfd_elf_ifunc_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, |
| 5269 | dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret, |
| 5270 | plt, |
| 5271 | elf_i386_get_plt_sym_val); |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5277 | elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 5278 | { |
| 5279 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5280 | && !h->def_regular |
| 5281 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5282 | return FALSE; |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 | return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); |
| 5285 | } |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 | /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object |
| 5288 | file. */ |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5291 | elf_i386_add_symbol_hook (bfd * abfd, |
| 5292 | struct bfd_link_info * info, |
| 5293 | Elf_Internal_Sym * sym, |
| 5294 | const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5295 | flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5296 | asection ** secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5297 | bfd_vma * valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5298 | { |
| 5299 | if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 5300 | || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE) |
| 5301 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0 |
| 5302 | && bfd_get_flavour (info->output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5303 | elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = TRUE; |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | return TRUE; |
| 5306 | } |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vec |
| 5309 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386" |
| 5310 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 5311 | #define ELF_TARGET_ID I386_ELF_DATA |
| 5312 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386 |
| 5313 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| 5316 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| 5317 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
| 5318 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
| 5319 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 5320 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 |
| 5321 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 5322 | #define elf_backend_extern_protected_data 1 |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | /* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects. */ |
| 5325 | #define elf_info_to_howto elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel |
| 5326 | #define elf_info_to_howto_rel elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf_i386_mkobject |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name elf_i386_is_local_label_name |
| 5331 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf_i386_link_hash_table_create |
| 5332 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup |
| 5333 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup |
| 5334 | #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 5337 | #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible |
| 5338 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_i386_check_relocs |
| 5339 | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol |
| 5340 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections |
| 5341 | #define elf_backend_fake_sections elf_i386_fake_sections |
| 5342 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections |
| 5343 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 5344 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_i386_gc_mark_hook |
| 5345 | #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook |
| 5346 | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_i386_grok_prstatus |
| 5347 | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_i386_grok_psinfo |
| 5348 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_i386_reloc_type_class |
| 5349 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_i386_relocate_section |
| 5350 | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections |
| 5351 | #define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf_i386_always_size_sections |
| 5352 | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \ |
| 5353 | ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true) |
| 5354 | #define elf_backend_hash_symbol elf_i386_hash_symbol |
| 5355 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_i386_add_symbol_hook |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | /* FreeBSD support. */ |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 5362 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_fbsd_vec |
| 5363 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 5364 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-freebsd" |
| 5365 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 5366 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | /* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a |
| 5369 | "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header. So we put this label on all |
| 5370 | executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files. */ |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | static void |
| 5373 | elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 5374 | { |
| 5375 | _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, info); |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | #ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL |
| 5378 | { |
| 5379 | /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard. */ |
| 5380 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 5381 | memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8); |
| 5382 | } |
| 5383 | #endif |
| 5384 | } |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 5387 | #define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers |
| 5388 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 5389 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_fbsd_bed |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | /* Solaris 2. */ |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 5398 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_sol2_vec |
| 5399 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 5400 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-sol2" |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | /* Restore default: we cannot use ELFOSABI_SOLARIS, otherwise ELFOSABI_NONE |
| 5405 | objects won't be recognized. */ |
| 5406 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 5409 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_sol2_bed |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | /* The 32-bit static TLS arena size is rounded to the nearest 8-byte |
| 5412 | boundary. */ |
| 5413 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 5414 | #define elf_backend_static_tls_alignment 8 |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 | /* The Solaris 2 ABI requires a plt symbol on all platforms. |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | Cf. Linker and Libraries Guide, Ch. 2, Link-Editor, Generating the Output |
| 5419 | File, p.63. */ |
| 5420 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 5421 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | /* Intel MCU support. */ |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5428 | elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | /* Set the right machine number for an IAMCU elf32 file. */ |
| 5431 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_iamcu, bfd_mach_i386_iamcu); |
| 5432 | return TRUE; |
| 5433 | } |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 5436 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM iamcu_elf32_vec |
| 5437 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 5438 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-iamcu" |
| 5439 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 5440 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_iamcu |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 5443 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_IAMCU |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 5448 | #define elf32_bed elf32_iamcu_bed |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 5451 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 5456 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 5457 | |
| 5458 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 5461 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 5462 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 5463 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 5464 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386 |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | /* Native Client support. */ |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 5469 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_nacl_vec |
| 5470 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 5471 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-nacl" |
| 5472 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 5473 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_nacl_bed |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 5476 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 5479 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 5480 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 5481 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 5482 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 5483 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | /* NaCl uses substantially different PLT entries for the same effects. */ |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 5488 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5 |
| 5489 | #define NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 |
| 5490 | #define NACLMASK 0xe0 /* 32-byte alignment mask. */ |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry[] = |
| 5493 | { |
| 5494 | 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */ |
| 5495 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */ |
| 5496 | 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */ |
| 5497 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */ |
| 5498 | 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 5499 | 0xff, 0xe1 /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 5500 | }; |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 5503 | { |
| 5504 | 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */ |
| 5505 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with GOT slot address. */ |
| 5506 | 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 5507 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 5510 | 0x90, |
| 5511 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5512 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 5515 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 5516 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with reloc offset. */ |
| 5517 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 5518 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to .plt. */ |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 5521 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5522 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5523 | 0x90, 0x90 |
| 5524 | }; |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | static const bfd_byte |
| 5527 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry[sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry)] = |
| 5528 | { |
| 5529 | 0xff, 0x73, 0x04, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 5530 | 0x8b, 0x4b, 0x08, /* mov 0x8(%ebx), %ecx */ |
| 5531 | 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* and $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 5532 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | /* This is expected to be the same size as elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, |
| 5535 | so pad to that size with nop instructions. */ |
| 5536 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 |
| 5537 | }; |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 5540 | { |
| 5541 | 0x8b, 0x8b, /* movl offset(%ebx), %ecx */ |
| 5542 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 5543 | 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 5544 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 5547 | 0x90, |
| 5548 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5549 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 5552 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 5553 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 5554 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 5555 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 5558 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5559 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 5560 | 0x90, 0x90 |
| 5561 | }; |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 5564 | { |
| 5565 | #if (PLT_CIE_LENGTH != 20 \ |
| 5566 | || PLT_FDE_LENGTH != 36 \ |
| 5567 | || PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 \ |
| 5568 | || PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12) |
| 5569 | # error "Need elf_i386_backend_data parameters for eh_frame_plt offsets!" |
| 5570 | #endif |
| 5571 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 5572 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 5573 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 5574 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 5575 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 5576 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor: -4 */ |
| 5577 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 5578 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 5579 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 5580 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 5581 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 5582 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 5585 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 5586 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 5587 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 5588 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 5589 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 5590 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 5591 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 5592 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 58 to __PLT__+64 */ |
| 5593 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 5594 | 13, /* Block length */ |
| 5595 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 5596 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 5597 | DW_OP_const1u, 63, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_const1u, 37, DW_OP_ge, |
| 5598 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 5599 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 5600 | }; |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | static const struct elf_i386_plt_layout elf_i386_nacl_plt = |
| 5603 | { |
| 5604 | elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 5605 | sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 5606 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 5607 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 5608 | elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 5609 | NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 5610 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 5611 | 33, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 5612 | 38, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 5613 | 32, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 5614 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 5615 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 5616 | elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 5617 | sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt),/* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 5618 | }; |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed = |
| 5621 | { |
| 5622 | &elf_i386_nacl_plt, /* plt */ |
| 5623 | 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte: nop insn */ |
| 5624 | 0, /* is_vxworks */ |
| 5625 | }; |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5628 | elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 5629 | { |
| 5630 | /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl i386 ELF32 file. */ |
| 5631 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_i386_i386_nacl); |
| 5632 | return TRUE; |
| 5633 | } |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 5636 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 5639 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p |
| 5640 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 5641 | #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map nacl_modify_segment_map |
| 5642 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 5643 | #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers nacl_modify_program_headers |
| 5644 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 5645 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing nacl_final_write_processing |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 5650 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 5651 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 5652 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 5653 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | /* VxWorks support. */ |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 5658 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vxworks_vec |
| 5659 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 5660 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-vxworks" |
| 5661 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 5662 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 5663 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed = |
| 5666 | { |
| 5667 | &elf_i386_plt, /* plt */ |
| 5668 | 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte */ |
| 5669 | 1, /* is_vxworks */ |
| 5670 | }; |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 5673 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | #undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible |
| 5676 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 5677 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ |
| 5678 | elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook |
| 5679 | #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 5680 | #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ |
| 5681 | elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 5682 | #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs |
| 5683 | #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs |
| 5684 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 5685 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ |
| 5686 | elf_vxworks_final_write_processing |
| 5687 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so |
| 5690 | define it. */ |
| 5691 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 5692 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 5695 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_vxworks_bed |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | #include "elf32-target.h" |